US20210053977A9 - Potent agelastatin derivatives as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis - Google Patents

Potent agelastatin derivatives as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20210053977A9
US20210053977A9 US16/612,468 US201816612468A US2021053977A9 US 20210053977 A9 US20210053977 A9 US 20210053977A9 US 201816612468 A US201816612468 A US 201816612468A US 2021053977 A9 US2021053977 A9 US 2021053977A9
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
compound
cancer
bromo
optionally substituted
derivatives
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
US16/612,468
Other versions
US20200062771A1 (en
US11932650B2 (en
Inventor
Mohammad Movassaghi
Alyssa H. Antropow
Rachel J. Buchsbaum
Kun Xu
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Tufts Medical Center Inc
Original Assignee
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Tufts Medical Center Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Tufts Medical Center Inc filed Critical Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Priority to US16/612,468 priority Critical patent/US11932650B2/en
Assigned to TUFTS MEDICAL CENTER, INC. reassignment TUFTS MEDICAL CENTER, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BUCHSBAUM, RACHEL J., XU, KUN
Assigned to MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY reassignment MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ANTROPOW, ALYSSA H., MOVASSAGHI, Mohammad
Publication of US20200062771A1 publication Critical patent/US20200062771A1/en
Publication of US20210053977A9 publication Critical patent/US20210053977A9/en
Assigned to NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT reassignment NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT CONFIRMATORY LICENSE (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US11932650B2 publication Critical patent/US11932650B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/12Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D487/14Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/22Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains four or more hetero rings

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present disclosure relates to derivatized agelastatin compounds and methods for the treatment, prevention, or delay of cancer, comprising administering a therapeutically effect amount of the derivatized agelastatin compounds, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof to a subject in need thereof. Methods for making the derivatized agelastatin compounds are also provided.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/504,877, filed May 11, 2017, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
  • STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH
  • This invention was made with government support awarded by Grant No. R01 GM074825, awarded by the National Institutes of Health and under Grant No. W81XWH-11-1-0814, awarded by the U.S Army Medical Research and Material Command. The U.S. Government has certain rights in the invention.
  • FIELD OF DISCLOSURE
  • The present disclosure relates to potent agelastatin derivatives as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis.
  • BACKGROUND
  • The agelastatin alkaloids' have been of interest to the scientific community for many years due to their interesting molecular structure as well as potent biological activities.2 A general strategy for the total synthesis of all known agelastatins (FIG. 1) has been previously reported, enabling the comprehensive, comparative anticancer study of these naturally occurring alkaloids along with many synthetic derivatives.3-5 Recent work in this area has offered new synthetic strategies6 as well as biological study of the natural alkaloids and synthetic derivatives.7
  • AgA (1, FIG. 1) has been shown to inhibit vitamin D-induced transcription of osteopontin (OPN) in mammary fibroblasts at concentrations well below the cytotoxic range.9 In this context, OPN transcription and secretion is induced by down-regulation of the Rac GTPase exchange factor Tiam1.11 Down-regulation of fibroblast Tiam1 and up-regulation of fibroblast OPN in the tumor microenvironment are associated with increased invasiveness in human breast cancers.9
  • A method of 3D co-culture was developed which enables assessment of the effects of mammary fibroblasts on associated breast cancer cells.9 This led to the discovery that the mammary fibroblast Tiam1-OPN pathway modulates breast cancer invasion and metastasis through regulating epithelial-mesenchymal transition (EMT) and cancer stem cell populations in associated breast cancer cells.9,12 The concentrations of AgA (1) in the aforementioned assays (75-100 nM) are far below cytotoxic range in cell culture. However, direct dosing of mice with AgA (1) at the previously published in vivo dose used in one to four day studies1c,2b,d (2.5 mg/kg/day) led to toxicity in the animals within three to four weeks that precluded further dosing.13
  • There is a need to provide compounds with improved safety profiles which can provide a useful alternative to known agelastatin compounds.
  • SUMMARY
  • The present disclosure provides compounds that are effective in treating, preventing, and/or delaying cancer (e.g., breast cancer).
  • The present disclosure provides compounds and compositions useful in the treatment of cancer (e.g., breast cancer). In various embodiments, a compound is provided having the structure of Formula (I):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00001
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
  • X is —O—, —S—, or —N(R6)—;
  • R1 is H, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, or C2-8 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more R4;
  • or alternatively, X and combine to form —N3.
  • R2 is C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, or C2-8 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more R5, wherein up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced;
  • or alternatively, R1 and R2 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a C5-10 heterocycloalkyl, C5-10 heterocycloalkenyl, or C5-10 heterocycloalkynyl ring, optionally substituted with one or more R4;
  • R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen;
  • R4 is halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, heteroaryl,
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00002
  • and two adjacent R4 groups may take the form
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00003
  • wherein the C═C double bond of the triazole is part of R1;
  • R5 is halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2,
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00004
  • and two adjacent R5 groups may take the form
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00005
  • wherein the C═C double bond of the triazole is part of R2; and
  • R6 is independently H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl;
  • R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted acyl, resin, protein, reporter molecule, and label molecule;
  • wherein, R7 is optionally joined to the core by a linker L, wherein the linker L is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, and optionally substituted acylene, with the proviso that the compound is not agelastatin A, agelastatin B, agelastatin E,
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00006
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00007
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00008
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00009
  • In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (Ia):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00010
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R1, R2, and X are as described above.
  • In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (Ib):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00011
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein X, R1, and R3a-3c are as defined above.
  • In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (Ic):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00012
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein X and R1 are as described above.
  • In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (Id):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00013
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R2 and R3a-3c are as defined above.
  • In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (Ie):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00014
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein R2 is as defined above.
  • In some embodiments of Formula (I)-(Ic), R1 is C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, or C2-8 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more R4, or alternatively, X and R1 are combined to form —N3.
  • In some embodiments of the present disclosure, compounds of Formula (I)-(Ic) are provided, wherein X is —O— or —S—. In certain embodiments, X is —O—.
  • In some embodiments of Formula (I), (Ia), (Id), or (Ie), R2 is C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more R5, wherein up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an O. In other embodiments, R2 is methyl.
  • In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (Ib), and (Id) are provided, wherein R3a is Br or Cl, R3b is H, and R3c is H. In other embodiments, R3a is Br, R3b is H, and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a is Br or Cl, R3b is Br or Cl, and R3c is H. In other embodiments, R3a is Br, R3b is Br, and R3c is H.
  • In various embodiments of the present disclosure, a compound of Formula (I) is provided having a structure selected from:
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00015
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00016
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00017
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof.
  • In various embodiments of the present disclosure, a compound of Formula (I) is provided having a structure selected from:
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00018
  • wherein R2 is H or Me.
  • In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the compound of Formula (I) is:
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00019
  • In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the compound of Formula (I) is selected from:
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00020
  • In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is:
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00021
  • In various embodiments of the present disclosure, a pharmaceutical composition is provided comprising any of the compounds of Formula (I)-(Ie) disclosed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • The present disclosure also provides a method for the treatment, prevention, or delay of cancer, comprising administering a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of Formula (I)-(Ie), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof to a subject in need thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the cancer is prevented or delayed. In some embodiments, the cancer is recurrent cancer at the primary site, metastatic cancer, or recurrent metastatic cancer.
  • In some embodiments, the cancer is breast cancer, lung cancer, colorectal cancer, stomach cancer, ovarian cancer, papillary thyroid carcinoma, melanoma, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, renal cancer, head and neck cancers, salivary gland cancer, endometrial cancer, cervical cancer, pancreatic cancer, sarcoma, glioblastoma and glioma, or pleural mesothelioma.
  • In certain embodiments, the cancer is breast cancer. In specific embodiments, the breast cancer is metastatic breast cancer or recurrent metastatic breast cancer.
  • In some embodiments, the cancer is characterized by a tumor microenvironment exhibiting down regulation of fibroblast Tiam1 and upregulation of fibroblast OPN. In other embodiments, the cancer is characterized by a tumor microenvironment exhibiting upregulation of fibroblast OPN.
  • In some embodiments, the administering of a compound of Formula (I)-(Ie) is before surgery and/or radiotherapy and/or systemic medical therapy. In other embodiments, the administering is after surgery and/or radiotherapy and/or systemic medical therapy. In still other embodiments, the administering is concurrent with systemic medical therapy. In related embodiments, systemic medical therapy includes chemotherapies, hormonal therapies, targeted biologic therapies, and/or immunotherapies.
  • In various embodiments, treatment with compounds of the present disclosure results in inhibition of induced transcription of osteopontin (OPN) in fibroblasts, inflammatory cells, and immune cells of the tumor microenvironment. In some embodiments, the inhibition occurs at or below the cytotoxic range determined for the cancer cells being treated. In some embodiments, the inhibition results in interference with cancer cell adhesion, cancer cell invasion, and cancer stem cell populations.
  • In some embodiments, the transcription is of splice variants of OPN. In certain embodiments, the spice variants are osteopontin-a, osteopontin-b, or osteopontin-c.
  • In certain embodiments, the fibroblasts are mammary fibroblasts.
  • In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the method further comprising coadministration to the subject one of the following:
  • an antitumor agent selected from the group consisting of paclitaxel, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, cyclophosphamide, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, thiotepa, busulfan, improsulfan, piposulfan, benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, uredopa, altretamine, triethylenemelamine, triethylenephosphoramide, triethilenethiophosphoramide, trimethylolomelamine, bullatacin, bullatacinone, camptothecin, bryostatin, callystatin, cryptophycin 1, cryptophycin 8, dolastatin, duocarmycin, eleutherobin, pancratistatin, sarcodictyin, spongistatin, chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard, carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, ranimustine, calicheamicin, dynemicin, clodronate, esperamicin, aclacinomycin, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycin, cactinomycin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycin, dactinomycin, detorbicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, ADRIAMYCIN, epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycin C, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycin, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin, denopterin, pteropterin, trimetrexate, fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine, ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine, androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone, aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane, frolinic acid, aceglatone, aldophosphamide glycoside, aminolevulinic acid, eniluracil, amsacrine, bestrabucil, bisantrene, edatraxate, defofamine, demecolcine, diaziquone, elfornithine, elliptinium acetate, epothilone, etoglucid, lentinan, lonidamine, maytansine, ansamitocine, mitoguazone, mitoxantrone, mopidanmol, nitraerine, pentostatin, phenamet, pirarubicin, losoxantrone, podophyllinic acid, 2-ethylhydrazide, procarbazine, razoxane, rhizoxin, schizophyllan, spirogermanium, tenuazonic acid, triaziquone, roridine A, anguidine, urethane, vindesine, dacarbazine, mannomustine, mitobronitol, mitolactol, pipobroman, gacytosine, docetaxel, chlorambucil, gemcitabine, 6-thioguanine, mercaptopurine, cisplatin, oxaliplatin, carboplatin, vinblastine, etoposide, ifosfamide, mitoxantrone, vincristine, vinorelbine, novantrone, teniposide, edatrexate, daunomycin, aminopterin, xeloda, ibandronate, irinotecan, topoisomerase inhibitor, difluoromethylornithine (DMFO), retinoic acid, capecitabine, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof;
  • an anti-metabolite agent selected from the group consisting of, 5-fluorouracil, 5-fluorouracil prodrugs (e.g., capecitabine), 5-fluorodeoxyuridine monophosphate, cytarabine, 5-azacytidine, gemcitabine, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, azathioprine, adenosine, pentostatin, erythrohydroxynonyladenine, cladribine and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof;
  • an anti-estrogen agent selected from the group consisting of selective estrogen receptor modulators, pure receptor antagonists, aromatase inhibitors, and anti-gonadotropins and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof; wherein
  • the selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM) is selected from the group consisting of anordrin, bazedoxifene, broparestrol, clomifene, cyclofenil, lasofoxifene, ormeloxifene, ospemifene, raloxifene, tamoxifen citrate, toremifene citrate, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof;
  • the pure receptor antagonist is selected from the group consisting of fulvestrant, brilanestrant, elacestrant, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof;
  • the aromatase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of anastrozole, letrozole, vorozole, exemestane, formestane and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof;
  • the anti-gonadotropin is selected from the group consisting of triptorelin, leuprolide acetate, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof:
  • a tyrosine kinase inhibitor selected from the group consisting of trastuzumab, pertuzumab, imatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, sunitinib, adavosertib, lapatinib and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof; and
  • an immune checkpoint inhibitor selected from the group consisting of ipilimumab, pembrolizumab, nivolumab, avelumab, durvalumab, atezolizumab and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof.
  • In various embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of making a compound of claim 1, comprising addition of a nucleophile to an iminium intermediate of Formula (II).
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00022
  • In various embodiments, the nucleophile added to Formula (II) is R1—XH, wherein X is —O—, —S—, or —N(R4)—.
  • In various embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of making a compound of Formula (I), comprising acid-promoted cyclization of a compound of Formula (III) to afford a compound of Formula (Id):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00023
  • In various embodiments, the acid used to promote the acid-promoted cyclization is methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, and nitric acid.
  • In various embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of making compound (III), comprising copper-mediated coupling between a compound of Formula (IV) and a compound of Formula (V):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00024
  • wherein R8 is alkyl or cycloalkyl.
  • In various embodiments, the copper-mediated coupling is carried out with copper (I)-thiophene-2-carboxylate (CuTC) or copper(I) diphenylphosphinate (CuDPP).
  • In some embodiments, the copper-mediated coupling further comprises treatment with an acid.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 shows the structures of (−)-agelastatins A-F (1-6).
  • FIG. 2 shows a retrosynthetic analysis of agelastatin alkaloid derivatives.
  • FIG. 3 shows that AgE (5) blocks stimulated transcription of osteopontin in fibroblasts.
  • FIG. 4 shows the effect of AgE (5) on breast cancer cell invasion in co-cultures with mammary fibroblasts. Number of projections/spheroid for SUM1315 breast cancer cells and indicated mammary fibroblasts in 3D mixed cell spheroid co-culture, shown as percent of total spheroids. shC=control silencing retroviral hairpin vector. shTiam=Tiam-1 silencing hairpin vector.
  • FIG. 5 shows the effect of AgE (5) on migration potential of breast cancer cells isolated from co-culture with mammary fibroblasts.
  • FIG. 6 shows the effect of AgE (5) on tumorsphere formation by breast cancer cells isolated from co-culture with mammary fibroblasts.
  • FIG. 7 shows the effect of AgE (5) on CD44+/CD24/ESA+ populations in breast cancer cells isolated from co-culture with mammary fibroblasts.
  • FIG. 8 shows the varying effects of agelastatin derivatives in blocking stimulated fibroblast expression of osteopontin. All agelastatin derivatives were tested at 100-nM concentration unless noted otherwise. * indicates statistical equivalence with AgA (1) at 100-nM concentration; ** indicates equivalence with AgE (5) at 50-nM concentration, but not AgA (1) at 100-nM concentration by T-test.
  • FIG. 9 shows a dose-toxicity experiment for AgA.
  • FIG. 10 shows the direct treatment of mixed cell xenograft-bearing mice with AgA. Mixed cell tumor-fibroblast xenografts were established in all mice.
  • FIG. 11 shows AgA effects on lung metastasis in mixed cell xenograft-bearing mice.
  • FIG. 12 shows the direct treatment of mixed cell xenograft-bearing mice with AgE.
  • FIG. 13 shows AgE effects on lung metastasis in mixed cell xenograft-bearing mice.
  • FIG. 14 shows the effect of Tiam1-deficient fibroblasts and agelastatin inhibition in breast cancer co-cultures. Human breast cancers consist of a group of sub-types that are distinguished clinically by cellular expression of estrogen receptor (ER), progesterone receptor (PR), and HER2.
  • FIG. 15 shows an overview of the functional ization of the agelastatin core in accordance with certain embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a 1H NMR spectrum confirming the structure of triazole 17.
  • FIG. 17 is a 13C NMR spectrum confirming the structure of triazole 17.
  • FIG. 18 is 1H NMR spectrum confirming the structure of triazole 19.
  • FIG. 19 is 19F NMR spectrum confirming the structure of triazole 19.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Described herein is the synthesis of new agelastatin alkaloid derivatives and their anticancer evaluation in the context of the breast cancer microenvironment. A variety of N1-alkyl and C5-ether agelastatin derivatives were accessed via a convergent imidazolone synthesis from a common thioester along with appropriately substituted components (e.g., urea and alcohol). These agelastatin derivatives were evaluated in a variety of ways, including in a three-dimensional co-culture assay for determining the effects of mammary fibroblasts on associated breast cancer cells. It was discovered that agelastatin alkaloids are potent modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis at non-cytotoxic doses. Herein the increased potency of (−)-agelastatin E as compared to (−)-agelastatin A is described, in addition to identification of new agelastatin derivatives with activity that is equivalent to (−)-agelastatin E. The chemistry described here provides a platform for the rapid synthesis and facile derivitization of agelastatin with excellent potency (e.g., 50-100 nM) as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis.
  • Developing a method for the direct conversion of a common thioester intermediate to the corresponding imidazolone that served as a nucleophile in a biogenetically inspired cyclization event to secure the CD-ring portion of these alkaloids was important to the synthesis of agelastatin derivatives. In addition to streamlining the synthesis of all known agelastatin alkaloids, this strategy provides the foundation for access to various derivatives.3,8 Late-stage diversification allows for agelastatin derivatives with variations (for example at the N1- and C5-positions) on the agelastatin core. The synthesis of agelastatins derivatives is described herein, including their evaluation along with natural agelastatins in a three-dimensional (3D) co-culture assay probing their impact on fibroblasts in the tumor microenvironment, 9-10 and the discovery of the increased potency of (−)-agelastatin E (5, AgE. FIG. 1) and distinct new derivatives as compared to (−)-agelastatin A (1, AgA, FIG. 1) as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis.
  • As used above, and throughout this disclosure, the following terms, unless otherwise indicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings. If a term is missing, the conventional term as known to one skilled in the art controls.
  • As used herein, the terms “including,” “containing,” and “comprising” are used in their open, non-limiting sense.
  • The indefinite articles “a” and “an,” as used herein, unless clearly indicated to the contrary, should be understood to mean “at least one” The phrase “and/or,” as used herein, should be understood to mean “either or both” of the elements so conjoined, i.e., elements that are conjunctively present in some cases and disjunctively present in other cases. Multiple elements listed with “and/or” should be construed in the same fashion, i.e., “one or more” of the elements so conjoined. Other elements may optionally be present other than the elements specifically identified by the “and/or” clause, whether related or unrelated to those elements specifically identified. Thus, as a non-limiting example, a reference to “A and/or B”, when used in conjunction with open-ended language such as “comprising” can refer, in one embodiment, to A only (optionally including elements other than B), in another embodiment, to B only (optionally including elements other than A); in yet another embodiment, to both A and B (optionally including other elements), etc.
  • As used herein, “or” should be understood to have the same meaning as “and/or” as defined above. For example, when separating items in a list, “or” or “and/or” shall be interpreted as being inclusive, i.e., the inclusion of at least one, but also including more than one, of a number or list of elements, and, optionally, additional unlisted items. Only terms clearly indicated to the contrary, such as “only one of” or “exactly one of,” or, when used in claims, “consisting of,” will refer to the inclusion of exactly one element of a number or list of elements. In general, the term “or” as used herein shall only be interpreted as indicating exclusive alternatives (i.e. “one or the other but not both”) when preceded by terms of exclusivity, such as “either,” “one of,” “only one of,” or “exactly one of.” “Consisting essentially of,” when used in claims, shall have its ordinary meaning as used in the field of patent law.
  • As used herein, the phrase “at least one,” in reference to a list of one or more elements, should be understood to mean at least one element selected from any one or more of the elements in the list of elements, but not necessarily including at least one of each and every element specifically listed within the list of elements and not excluding any combinations of elements in the list of elements. This definition also allows that elements may optionally be present other than the elements specifically identified within the list of elements to which the phrase “at least one” refers, whether related or unrelated to those elements specifically identified. Thus, as a non-limiting example, “at least one of A and B” (or, equivalently, “at least one of A or B,” or, equivalently “at least one of A and/or B”) can refer, in one embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, A, with no B present (and optionally including elements other than B); in another embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, B, with no A present (and optionally including elements other than A); in yet another embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, A. and at least one, optionally including more than one, B (and optionally including other elements); etc.
  • To provide a more concise description, some of the quantitative expressions given herein are not qualified with the term “about” It is understood that, whether the term “about” is used explicitly or not, every quantity given herein is meant to refer to the actual given value, and it is also meant to refer to the approximation to such given value that would reasonably be inferred based on the ordinary skill in the art, including equivalents and approximations due to the experimental and/or measurement conditions for such given value. Whenever a yield is given as a percentage, such yield refers to a mass of the entity for which the yield is given with respect to the maximum amount of the same entity that could be obtained under the particular stoichiometric conditions. Concentrations that are given as percentages refer to mass ratios, unless indicated differently.
  • A “patient” is a mammal, e.g., a human, mouse, rat, guinea pig, dog, cat, horse, cow, pig, or non-human primate, such as a monkey, chimpanzee, baboon or rhesus. “Patient” includes both human and animals.
  • The terms “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” when used in connection with a compound refer to a sufficient amount of the compound to provide the desired biological result. That result can be reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system. For example, an “effective amount” for therapeutic use is the amount of the composition comprising a compound as disclosed herein required to provide a clinically significant decrease in a disease. An appropriate “effective amount” in any individual case may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using routine experimentation. Thus, the expression “effective amount” generally refers to the quantity for which the active substance has therapeutic effects. In the present case the active substance is the inhibitor of the inflammasome.
  • As used herein, the terms “treat” or “treatment” are synonymous with the term “prevent” and are meant to indicate a postponement of development of diseases, preventing the development of diseases, and/or reducing severity of such symptoms that will or are expected to develop. Thus, these terms include ameliorating existing disease symptoms, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or preventing the underlying causes of symptoms, inhibiting the disorder or disease, e.g., arresting the development of the disorder or disease, relieving the disorder or disease, causing regression of the disorder or disease, relieving a condition caused by the disease or disorder, or stopping or alleviating the symptoms of the disease or disorder.
  • The term “disorder” is used in this disclosure to mean, and is used interchangeably with, the terms disease, condition, or illness, unless otherwise indicated.
  • “Adjuvant setting” refers to a clinical setting in which an individual has had a history of cancer, and generally (but not necessarily) been responsive to therapy, which includes, but is not limited to, surgery (e.g., surgery resection), radiotherapy, and chemotherapy. However, because of their history of cancer, these individuals are considered at risk of development of the disease. Treatment or administration in the “adjuvant setting” (also referred to herein as adjuvant therapy) refers to a prior or subsequent mode of treatment. The degree of risk (e.g., when an individual in the adjuvant setting is considered as “high risk” or “low risk”) depends upon several factors, most usually the extent of disease when first treated. In some embodiments, “adjuvant therapy” herein refers to therapy given after definitive surgery, after which no evidence of residual disease can be detected, so as to reduce the risk of disease recurrence, either local or metastatic. The goal of adjuvant therapy is to prevent or delay recurrence of the cancer, and therefore to reduce the chance of cancer-related death.
  • “Neoadjuvant setting” refers to a clinical setting in which the method is carried out before the primary/definitive therapy.
  • As used herein, “delaying” the development of cancer means to defer, hinder, slow, retard, stabilize, and/or postpone development of the disease. This delay can be of varying lengths of time, depending on the history of the disease and/or individual being treated. As is evident to one skilled in the art, a sufficient or significant delay can, in effect, encompass prevention, in that the individual does not develop the disease. A method that “delays” development of cancer is a method that reduces probability of disease development in a given time frame and/or reduces the extent of the disease in a given time frame, when compared to not using the method. Such comparisons are typically based on clinical studies, using a statistically significant number of subjects. Cancer development can be detectable using standard methods, including, but not limited to, computerized axial tomography (CAT Scan), Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI), abdominal ultrasound, clotting tests, arteriography, or biopsy. Development may also refer to cancer progression that may be initially undetectable and includes occurrence, recurrence, and onset.
  • As used herein, by “combination therapy” is meant that a first agent be administered in conjunction with another agent. “In conjunction with” refers to administration of one treatment modality in addition to another treatment modality, such as administration of an primary cancer therapy (e.g., anti-tumor agent) described herein in addition to administration of the other agent to the same individual. As such, “in conjunction with” refers to administration of one treatment modality before, during, or after delivery of the other treatment modality to the individual. Such combinations are considered to be part of a single treatment regimen.
  • By using the terms “pharmaceutically acceptable” or “pharmacologically acceptable” it is intended to mean a material which is not biologically, or otherwise, undesirable—the material may be administered to an individual without causing any substantially undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.
  • The term “carrier”, as used in this disclosure, encompasses carriers, excipients, and diluents and means a material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a pharmaceutical agent from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body of a subject. Excipients should be selected on the basis of compatibility and the release profile properties of the desired dosage form. Exemplary carrier materials include, e.g., binders, suspending agents, disintegration agents, filling agents, surfactants, solubilizers, stabilizers, lubricants, wetting agents, diluents, spray-dried dispersions, and the like.
  • The term “pharmaceutically compatible carrier materials” may comprise, e.g., acacia, gelatin, colloidal silicon dioxide, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, maltodextrin, glycerine, magnesium silicate, sodium caseinate, soy lecithin, sodium chloride, tricalcium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, sodium stearoyl lactylate, carrageenan, monoglyceride, diglyceride, pregelatinized starch, and the like. See, e.g., Hoover, John E, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa. 1975.
  • As used herein, the term “subject” encompasses mammals and non-mammals. Examples of mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the class Mammalia: humans, non-human primates such as chimpanzees, and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like Examples of non-mammals include, but are not limited to, birds, fish and the like. In one embodiment of the present disclosure, the mammal is a human.
  • The present disclosure also includes “prodrugs” of compounds. The term “prodrug” means a compound which is convertible in vivo by metabolic means (e.g., by hydrolysis) to a disclosed compound or active ingredient. Prodrugs can be prepared by techniques known to one skilled in the art. These techniques generally modify appropriate functional, e.g., a hydroxy, amino, carboxylic, etc., groups in a given compound. These modified functional groups, however, regenerate original functional groups by routine manipulation or in vivo. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to esters (e.g., acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives), carbamates (e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy or amino functional groups in compounds of the present disclosure, amides (e.g., trifluoroacetylamino, acetylamino, and the like), and the like. Since prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals (e.g., solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, transport, pharmacodynamics, etc.), the compounds of the present disclosure may be delivered in prodrug form. Prodrugs, for instance, may be bioavailable by oral administration even when the parent drug is not. Thus, the present disclosure is intended to cover prodrugs of the presently claimed compounds, methods of delivering the same, and compositions containing the same. Generally speaking, prodrugs are derivatives of per se drugs that after administration undergo conversion or metabolism to the physiologically active species. The conversion may be spontaneous, such as hydrolysis in the physiological environment, or may be enzyme-catalyzed. Prodrugs include compounds that can be oxidized, reduced, aminated, deaminated, hydroxylated, dehydroxylated, hydrolyzed, esterified, alkylated, dealkylated, acylated, deacylated, phosphorylated, and/or dephosphorylated to produce the active compound.
  • The terms “administered”, “administration”, or “administering” as used in this disclosure refers to either directly administering a disclosed compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the disclosed compound or a composition to a subject, or administering a prodrug derivative or analog of the compound or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound or composition to the subject, which can form an equivalent amount of active compound within the subject's body, including an animal, in need of treatment by bringing such individual in contact with, or otherwise exposing such individual to, such compound.
  • As used herein, “alkyl” means a straight chain or branched saturated chain having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Representative saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, 2-methyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 3-methyl-1-butyl, 2-methyl-3-butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-1-pentyl, 3-methyl-1-pentyl, 4-methyl-1-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-butyl, 2-ethyl-1-butyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, n-hexyl and the like, and longer alkyl groups, such as heptyl, and octyl and the like. An alkyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted. Alkyl groups containing three or more carbon atoms may be straight, or branched. As used herein, “lower alkyl” means an alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • As used herein, an “alkenyl” includes an unbranched or branched hydrocarbon chain containing 2-10 carbon atoms. The “alkenyl” group contains at least one double bond. The double bond of an alkenyl group can be unconjugated or conjugated to another unsaturated group. Examples of alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethylenyl, vinyl, allyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, butadienyl, pentadienyl, hexadienyl, 2-ethylhexenyl, 2-propyl-2-butenyl, 4-(2-methyl-3-butene)-pentenyl and the like. An alkenyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted. Alkenyl, as defined herein, may also be branched or straight.
  • As used herein, “alkynyl” includes an unbranched or branched unsaturated hydrocarbon chain containing 2-10 carbon atoms. The “alkynyl” group contains at least one triple bond. The triple bond of an alkynyl group can be unconjugated or conjugated to another unsaturated group. Examples of alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, methylpropynyl, 4-methyl-1-butynyl, 4-propyl-2-pentynyl, 4-butyl-2-hexynyl and the like. An alkynyl group can be unsubstituted or substituted.
  • The term “hydroxyl” or “hydroxy” means an OH group:
  • The term “alkoxy” as used herein refers to a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon containing 1-12 carbon atoms containing a terminal “O” in the chain, i.e., —O(alkyl). Examples of alkoxy groups include, without limitation, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, t-butoxy, or pentoxy groups.
  • It should also be noted that any carbon as well as heteroatom with unsatisfied valences in the text, schemes, examples and Tables herein is assumed to have the sufficient number of hydrogen atom(s) to satisfy the valences.
  • As used herein, references to hydrogen may also refer to a deuterium substitution if desired. The term “deuterium” as used herein means a stable isotope of hydrogen having odd numbers of protons and neutrons.
  • The term “halo” or “halogen” refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
  • The term “haloalkyl” as used herein refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, which is substituted one or more halogen. Examples of haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, trichloromethyl, etc.
  • The term “haloalkoxy” as used herein refers to an alkoxy group, as defined herein, which is substituted one or more halogen. Examples of haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, pentafluoroethoxy, trichloromethoxy, etc.
  • The term “cyano” as used herein means a substituent having a carbon atom joined to a nitrogen atom by a triple bond, i.e., ≡.
  • The term “amino” as used herein means a substituent containing at least one nitrogen atom. Specifically, NH2, —NH(alkyl) or alkylamino, —N(alkyl)2 or dialkylamino, amide, carboxamide, urea, and sulfamide substituents are included in the term “amino”.
  • Unless otherwise specifically defined, the term “aryl” refers to cyclic, aromatic hydrocarbon groups that have 1 to 3 aromatic rings, including monocyclic or bicyclic groups such as phenyl, biphenyl or naphthyl. Where containing two aromatic rings (bicyclic, etc), the aromatic rings of the aryl group may be joined at a single point (e.g., biphenyl), or fused (e.g., naphthyl). The aryl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents, e.g., 1 to 5 substituents, at any point of attachment. The substituents can themselves be optionally substituted. Furthermore when containing two fused rings the aryl groups herein defined may have an unsaturated or partially saturated ring fused with a fully saturated ring. Exemplary ring systems of these aryl groups include, but are not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenalenyl, phenanthrenyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthalenyl, tetrahydrobenzoannulenyl, and the like.
  • Unless otherwise specifically defined, “heteroaryl” means a monovalent monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic radical of 5 to 18 ring atoms or a polycyclic aromatic radical, containing one or more ring heteroatoms selected from N, O, or S, the remaining ring atoms being C. Heteroaryl as herein defined also means a bicyclic heteroaromatic group wherein the heteroatom is selected from N, O, or S. The aromatic radical is optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. The substituents can themselves be optionally substituted. Examples include, but are not limited to, benzothiophene, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, thiophen-2-yl, quinolyl, benzopyranyl, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, thieno[3,2-b]thiophene, triazolyl, triazinyl, imidazo[1,2-b]pyrazolyl, furo[2,3-c]pyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, indazolyl, pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridinyl, benzoimidazolyl, thieno[3,2-c]pyridinyl, thieno[2,3-c]pyridinyl, thieno[2,3-b]pyridinyl, benzothiazolyl, indolyl, indolinyl, indolinonyl, dihydrobenzothiophenyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, benzofuran, chromanyl, thiochromanyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, dihydrobenzothiazine, dihydrobenzoxanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, 1,6-naphthyridinyl, benzo[de]isoquinolinyl, pyrido[4,3-b][1,6]naphthyridinyl, thieno[2,3-b]pyrazinyl, quinazolinyl, tetrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-a]pyridinyl, isoindolyl, pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[3,2-b]pyridinyl, imidazo[5,4-b]pyridinyl, pyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrimidinyl, tetrahydropyrrolo[1,2-a]pyrimidinyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-1λ2-pyrrolo[2,1-b]pyrimidine, dibenzo[b,d]thiophene, pyridin-2-one, furo[3,2-c]pyridinyl, furo[2,3-c]pyridinyl, 1H-pyrido[3,4-b][1,4]thiazinyl, benzooxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, furo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, benzothiophenyl, 1,5-naphthyridinyl, furo[3,2-b]pyridine, [1,2,4]triazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, benzo [1,2,3]triazolyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrimidinyl, [1,2,4]triazolo[4,3-b]pyridazinyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]thiadiazolyl, benzo[c][1,2,5]oxadiazole, 1,3-dihydro-2H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-one, 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrazolo[1,5-b][1,2]oxazinyl, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, thiazolo[5,4-d]thiazolyl, imidazo[ 2,1-b][1,3,4]thiadiazolyl, thieno[2,3-b]pyrrolyl, 3-H-indolyl, and derivatives thereof. Furthermore when containing two fused rings the heteroaryl groups herein defined may have an unsaturated or partially saturated ring fused with a fully saturated ring.
  • As used herein, the term “cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated or partially saturated, monocyclic, fused or spiro polycyclic, carbocycle having from 3 to 18 carbon atoms per ring. The cycloalkyl ring or carbocycle may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents, e.g., 1 to 5 substituents, at any point of attachment. The substituents can themselves be optionally substituted. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, without limitations, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptanyl, cyclooctanyl, norboranyl, norborenyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octenyl, decahydronaphthalenyl, octahydro-1H-indenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclohexa-1,4-dienyl, cyclohexa-1,3-dienyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl, octahydropentalenyl, 3a,4,5,6,7,7a-hexahydro-1H-indenyl, 1,2,3,3a-tetrahydropentalenyl, bicyclo[3.1.0]hexanyl, bicyclo[2.1.0]pentanyl, spiro[3.3]heptanyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-enyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, 6-methylbicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl, 2,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl, and derivatives thereof.
  • As used herein, the term “cycloalkenyl” refers to a partially saturated, monocyclic, fused or spiro polycyclic, carbocycle having from 3 to 18 carbon atoms per ring and contains at least one double bond. The cycloalkenyl ring may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents, e.g., 1 to 5 substituents, at any point of attachment. The substituents can themselves be optionally substituted.
  • As used herein, the term “heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated and non-aromatic monocyclic, or fused or spiro, polycyclic, ring structure of 4- to- 18 atoms containing carbon and heteroatoms taken from oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur and wherein there is not delocalized n-electrons (aromaticity) shared among the ring carbon or heteroatoms. The heterocycloalkyl or heterocyclyl ring structure may be substituted by one or more substituents. The substituents can themselves be optionally substituted. Examples of heterocycloalkyl or heterocyclyl rings include, but are not limited to, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, oxazolinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolinyl, thiazolidinyl, pyranyl, thiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dioxalinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl S-oxide, thiomorpholinyl S-dioxide, piperazinyl, azepinyl, oxepinyl, diazepinyl, tropanyl, homotropanyl, dihydrothiophen-2(3H)-onyl, tetrahydrothiophene 1,1-dioxide, 2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrolyl, imidazolidin-2-one, pyrrolidin-2-one, dihydrofuran-2(3H)-one, 1,3-dioxolan-2-one, isothiazolidine 1,1-dioxide, 4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazolyl, 4,5-dihydrooxazolyl, oxiranyl, pyrazolidinyl, 4H-1,4-thiazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrazinyl, 1,3-oxazinan-2-one, tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran 1,1-dioxide, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, 1,2-thiazepane 1,1-dioxide, octahydro-2H-quinolizinyl, 1,3-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxine, 3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, 8-azaspiro[4.5]decane, 8-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,8-diazaspiro[5.5]undecanyl, 2-azaspiro[5.5]undecanyl, 3-azaspiro[5.5]undecanyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, 1-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decanyl, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octanyl, 1,4′-bipiperidinyl, azepanyl, 8-oxa-3-azabicyclo[3.2 l]octanyl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]oxazinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, 1,4-diazepanyl, phenoxathiinyl, benzo[d][1,3]dioxolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxinyl, 4-(piperidin-4-yl)morpholinyl, 3-azaspiro[5.5]undecanyl, decahydroquinolinyl, piperazin-2-one, 1-(pyrrolidin-2-ylmethyl)pyrrolidinyl, 1,3′-bipyrrolidinyl, and 6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-1H,5H-pyrazolo[1,2-a][1.0.2]diazepinyl.
  • Numerical ranges, as used herein, are intended to include sequential integers. For example, a range expressed as “from 0 to 5” would include 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.
  • As used herein, the term “substituted” means that the specified group or moiety bears one or more suitable substituents wherein the substituents may connect to the specified group or moiety at one or more positions. For example, an aryl substituted with a cycloalkyl may indicate that the cycloalkyl connects to one atom of the aryl with a bond or by fusing with the aryl and sharing two or more common atoms.
  • As used herein, the term “unsubstituted” means that the specified group bears no substituents.
  • The term “optionally substituted” is understood to mean that a given chemical moiety (e.g., an alkyl group) can (but is not required to) be bonded other substituents (e.g., heteroatoms). For instance, an alkyl group that is optionally substituted can be a fully saturated alkyl chain (i.e., a pure hydrocarbon). Alternatively, the same optionally substituted alkyl group can have substituents different from hydrogen. For instance, it can, at any point along the chain be bounded to a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or any other substituent described herein. Thus the term “optionally substituted” means that a given chemical moiety has the potential to contain other functional groups, but does not necessarily have any further functional groups. Suitable substituents used in the optional substitution of the described groups include, without limitation, oxo, -halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, —OC1-C6 alkenyl. —OC1-C6 alkynyl, —C1-C6 alkenyl, —C1-C6 alkynyl, —OH, CN (cyano), —CH2CN, —OP(O)(OH)2, —C(O)OH, —OC(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —C(O)C1-C6 alkyl, —C(O)—C0-C6 alkylenyl-cycloalkyl. —C(O)—C0-C6 alkylenyl-heterocycloalkyl, —C(O)—C0-C6 alkylenyl-aryl, —C(O)—C0-C6 alkylenyl-heteroaryl, —OC(O)OC1-C6 alkyl, NH2, NH(C1-C6 alkyl), N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —C(O)NH2, —C(O)NH(C1-C6 alkyl), —C(O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —C(O)NH cycloalkyl, —C(O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)cycloalkyl, —C(O)NHheterocycloalkyl, —C(O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)heterocycloalkyl, —C(O)NHaryl, —C(O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)aryl, —C(O)NHheteroaryl, —C(O)N(C1-C6 alkyl)heteroaryl, —S(O)2—C1-C6 alkyl, —S(O)2—C1-C6 haloalkyl, —S(O)2— cycloalkyl, —S(O)2-heterocycloalkyl, —S(O)2— aryl, —S(O)2-heteroaryl —C0-C6 alkylenyl-S(O)2NH2, —S(O)2NHC1-C6 alkyl, —S(O)2N(C1-C6 alkyl)2, —S(O)2NHcycloalkyl, —S(O)2NHheterocycloalkyl, —S(O)2NHaryl, —S(O)2NHhetereoaryl, —NHS(O)2C1-C6 alkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2(C1-C6 alkyl), —NHS(O)2aryl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2 aryl, —NHS(O)2 heteroaryl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2 heteroaryl, —NHS(O)2 cycloalkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2 cycloalkyl, —NHS(O)2 heterocycloalkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2 heterocycloalkyl, —N(C1-C6 alkyl)S(O)2 aryl, —C0-C6 alkylenyl-aryl, —C0-C6 alkylenyl-heteroaryl, —C0-C6 alkylenyl-cycloalkyl, —C0-C6 alkylenyl-heterocycloalkyl, —O-aryl, —NH-aryl, and N(C1-C6 alkyl)aryl. The substituents can themselves be optionally substituted. When a multifunctional moiety is shown, the point of attachment to the core is indicated by a line, e.g., (cycloalkyloxy)alkyl- refers to alkyl being the point of attachment to the core while cycloalkyl is attached to alkyl via the oxy group. “Optionally substituted” also refers to “substituted” or “unsubstituted”, with the meanings described above.
  • The term “oxa” as used herein refers to an “—O—” group.
  • The term “oxo” as used herein refers to an “═O” group.
  • The term “solvate” refers to a complex of variable stoichiometry formed by a solute and solvent. Such solvents for the purpose of the present disclosure may not interfere with the biological activity of the solute. Examples of suitable solvents include, but are not limited to, water, methanol, ethanol, and acetic acid. Solvates wherein water is the solvent molecule are typically referred to as hydrates. Hydrates include compositions containing stoichiometric amounts of water, as well as compositions containing variable amounts of water.
  • The term “salt(s)”, as employed herein, denotes acidic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic acids, as well as basic salts formed with inorganic and/or organic bases. In addition, when a compound of the Formula contains both a basic moiety, such as, but not limited to a pyridine or imidazole, and an acidic moiety, such as, but not limited to a carboxylic acid, zwitterions (“inner salts”) may be formed and are included within the term “salt(s)” as used herein. Pharmaceutically acceptable (i.e., non-toxic, physiologically acceptable) salts are preferred, although other salts are also useful. Salts of the compounds of the Formula may be formed, for example, by reacting a compound of Formula with an amount of acid or base, such as an equivalent amount, in a medium such as one in which the salt precipitates or in an aqueous medium followed by lyophilization.
  • In another embodiment of the present disclosure, the compounds of Formula (I) are enantiomers. In some embodiments the compounds are the (S)-enantiomer. In other embodiments the compounds are the (R)-enantiomer. In yet other embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I) may be (+) or (−) enantiomers.
  • It should be understood that all isomeric forms are included within the present disclosure, including mixtures thereof. If the compound contains a double bond, the substituent may be in the E or Z configuration. If the compound contains a disubstituted cycloalkyl, the cycloalkyl substituent may have a cis- or trans-configuration. All tautomeric forms are also intended to be included.
  • Compounds of the various Formulae, and salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs thereof, may exist in their tautomeric form (for example, as an amide or imino ether). All such tautomeric forms are contemplated herein as part of the present disclosure.
  • The compounds of the various Formulae may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and, therefore, exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds of the various Formulae as well as mixtures thereof, including racemic mixtures, form part of the present disclosure. In addition, the present disclosure embraces all geometric and positional isomers. For example, if a compound of the various Formulae incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the present disclosure. Each compound herein disclosed includes all the enantiomers that conform to the general structure of the compound. The compounds may be in a racemic or enantiomerically pure form, or any other form in terms of stereochemistry. The assay results may reflect the data collected for the racemic form, the enantiomerically pure form, or any other form in terms of stereochemistry.
  • Diastereomeric mixtures can be separated into their individual diastereomers on the basis of their physical chemical differences by methods well known to those skilled in the art, such as, for example, by chromatography and/or fractional crystallization. Enantiomers can be separated by converting the enantiomeric mixture into a diastereomeric mixture by reaction with an appropriate optically active compound (e.g., chiral auxiliary such as a chiral alcohol or Mosher's acid chloride), separating the diastereomers and converting (e.g., hydrolyzing) the individual diastereomers to the corresponding pure enantiomers. Also, some of the compounds of the various Formulae may be atropisomers (e.g., substituted biaryls) and are considered as part of the present disclosure. Enantiomers can also be separated by use of a chiral HPLC column.
  • It is also possible that the compounds of the present disclosure may exist in different tautomeric forms, and all such forms are embraced within the scope of the present disclosure. Also, for example, all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the present disclosure.
  • All stereoisomers (for example, geometric isomers, optical isomers and the like) of the present compounds (including those of the salts, solvates, esters and prodrugs of the compounds as well as the salts, solvates and esters of the prodrugs), such as those which may exist due to asymmetric carbons on various substituents, including enantiomeric forms (which may exist even in the absence of asymmetric carbons), rotameric forms, atropisomers, and diastereomeric forms, are contemplated within the scope of the present disclosure, as are positional isomers (such as, for example, 4-pyridyl and 3-pyridyl). (For example, if a compound of the various Formulae incorporates a double bond or a fused ring, both the cis- and trans-forms, as well as mixtures, are embraced within the scope of the present disclosure. Also, for example, all keto-enol and imine-enamine forms of the compounds are included in the present disclosure.) Individual stereoisomers of the compounds of the present disclosure may, for example, be substantially free of other isomers, or may be admixed, for example, as racemates or with all other, or other selected, stereoisomers. The chiral centers of the present disclosure can have the S or R configuration as defined by the IUPAC 1974 Recommendations.
  • The present disclosure also embraces isotopically-labelled compounds of the present disclosure which are identical to those recited herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into compounds of the present disclosure include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H (or D), 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36Cl, respectively.
  • Certain isotopically-labelled compounds of the various Formulae (e.g., those labeled with 3H and 14C) are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3H) and carbon-14 (i.e., 14C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labelled compounds of the various Formulae can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Schemes and/or in the Examples herein below, by substituting an appropriate isotopically labelled reagent for a non-isotopically labelled reagent.
  • In some embodiments, the compound comprises at least one deuterium atom. For example, one or more hydrogen atoms in a compound of the present disclosure can be replaced or substituted by deuterium. In some embodiments, the compound comprises two or more deuterium atoms. In some embodiments, the compound comprises 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 or 12 deuterium atoms.
  • The compounds of the present disclosure may form salts which are also within the scope of the present disclosure. Reference to a compound of the Formula herein is understood to include reference to salts thereof, unless otherwise indicated.
  • The present disclosure is directed to compounds as described herein and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, enantiomers, hydrates, solvates, prodrugs, isomers, or tautomers thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds as described herein, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, enantiomers, hydrates, solvates, prodrugs, isomers, or tautomers thereof.
  • Compounds
  • The present disclosure provides compounds having the structure of Formula (I):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00025
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: X is —O—. —S—, or —N(R6)—; R1 is H, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, or C2-8 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more R4; or alternatively, X and combine to form —N3; R2 is C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, or C2-8 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more R5, wherein up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced; or alternatively, R1 and R2 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a C5-10 heterocycloalkyl, C5-10 heterocycloalkenyl, or C5-10 heterocycloalkynyl ring, optionally substituted with one or more R4; R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen; R4 is halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, heteroaryl,
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00026
  • and two adjacent R4 groups may take the form
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00027
  • wherein the C═C double bond of the triazole is part of R1; R5 is halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2,
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00028
  • and two adjacent R5 groups may take the form
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00029
  • wherein the C═C double bond of the triazole is part of R2; and R6 is independently H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted acyl, resin, protein, reporter molecule, and label molecule, wherein. R7 is optionally joined to the core by a linker L, wherein the linker L is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, and optionally substituted acylene. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is not is not agelastatin A, agelastatin B, agelastatin E,
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00030
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00031
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00032
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00033
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—. In some embodiments, X is —S—. In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—. In some embodiments, R1 is H. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-10 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-10 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-8 alkynyl. In some embodiments, R1 is optionally substituted with one or more R4, where R4 is halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, X and R1 combine to form —N3. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-10 alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R5 is C2-8 alkynyl. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is halogen. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is oxo. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —OH. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is halogen. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —OR6. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —N3. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more RR, where R5 is —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, each R6 is independently H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (Ia):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00034
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof. In some embodiments, X is —O—. In some embodiments, X is —S—. In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—. In some embodiments, R1 is H. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-10 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-10 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-8 alkynyl. In some embodiments, R1 is optionally substituted with one or more R4, where R4 is halogen. —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, X and R1 combine to form —N3. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-10 alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R2 is C2-8 alkynyl. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is halogen. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is oxo. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —OH. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is halogen. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —OR6. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —N3. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, each R6 is independently H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl. R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen (i.e., iodo, bromo, chloro, fluro). Thus in some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each halogen. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are a combination of H and halogen. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations.
  • In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (Ib):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00035
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof. In some embodiments, X is —O—. In some embodiments, X is —S—. In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—. In some embodiments, R1 is H. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-10 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-10 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-8 alkynyl. In some embodiments, R1 is optionally substituted with one or more R4, where R4 is halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, X and R1 combine to form —N3. R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen (i.e., iodo, bromo, chloro, fluro). Thus in some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each halogen. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are a combination of H and halogen. In some embodiments, R3a, is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations.
  • In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (Ic):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00036
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof. In some embodiments, X is —O—. In some embodiments, X is —S—. In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—. In some embodiments, R1 is H. In some embodiments, R1 is C1-10 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-10 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R1 is C2-8 alkynyl. In some embodiments, R1 is optionally substituted with one or more R4, where R4 is halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, X and R1 combine to form —N3.
  • In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (Id):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00037
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-10 alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R2 is C2-8 alkynyl. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is halogen. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is oxo. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —OH. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is halogen. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —OR6. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —N3. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, each R6 is independently H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl. R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen (i.e., iodo, bromo, chloro, fluro). Thus in some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each halogen. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are a combination of H and halogen. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations.
  • In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (Ie):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00038
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-10 alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl. In some embodiments, R2 is C2-8 alkynyl. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is halogen. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is oxo. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —OH. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is halogen. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —OR6. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —N3. In some embodiments, R2 is optionally substituted with one or more R5, where R5 is —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S— or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, each R6 is independently H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, R2 is C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more R5, wherein up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—. —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-10 alkyl, substituted with one or more R5, wherein up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted C1-10 alkyl, wherein up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more R5, wherein no —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6. In some embodiments, R2 is C1-10 alkyl, substituted with one or more R5, wherein no —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—. In some embodiments, R2 is an unsubstituted C1-10 alkyl, wherein no 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an O.
  • In some embodiments, R2 is methyl.
  • In some embodiments, R1 is C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, or C2-8 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more R4, or alternatively, X and R1 are combined to form —N3. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4. In some embodiments, R1 is not substituted with one or more R4. In some embodiments, R1 is optionally substituted with one or more R4. In some embodiments, X and R1 are combined to form —N3.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O— or —S—. In some embodiments, X is —O—.
  • In some embodiments, R3a is Br or Cl, R3b is H, and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a is Br, R3b is H, and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a is Br or Cl, R3b is Br or Cl, and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a is Br, R3b is Br, and R3c is H.
  • In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides for a compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, isomers, and tautomers thereof, selected from the group consisting of
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00039
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00040
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00041
  • In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides for a compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, isomers, and tautomers thereof, selected from the group consisting of
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00042
  • In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides for a compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, isomers, and tautomers thereof, where the compound is
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00043
  • In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides for a compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, isomers, and tautomers thereof, where the compound is
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00044
  • wherein R2 is H or Me; R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted acyl, resin, protein, reporter molecule, and label molecule; wherein, R7 is optionally joined to the core by a linker L, wherein the linker L is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, and optionally substituted acylene. In some embodiments, R2 is H. In other embodiments. R2 is Me. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides for a compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, isomers, and tautomers thereof, where the compound is
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00045
  • In specific embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00046
  • In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides for a compound, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, hydrates, isomers, and tautomers thereof, where the compound is
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00047
  • In specific embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00048
  • wherein X, R1, R7, and n are as defined above.
  • In various embodiments, the present disclosure also provides for internal triazole compounds of Formula (I). As an example meant only for illustrative purposes, by internal triazole compounds of Formula (I), triazoles of this type may have a general structure such as the following examples:
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00049
  • where R1′ and R2′ represent the rest of the R1 or R2 moiety.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is H, R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—. —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is H, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments. R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is H, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is C1-10 alkyl, R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is C1-10 alkyl, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments. R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is C1-10 alkyl, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3aR3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is C1-10 alkenyl. R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is C2-10 alkenyl, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—. —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is C2-10 alkenyl, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is C2-10 alkynyl, R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be acetylynyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments. R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is C2-10 alkynyl, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—. —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —O—, R1 is C2-10 alkynyl, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is H, R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is H, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is H, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is C1-10 alkyl, R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is C1-10 alkyl, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is C1-10 alkyl, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments. R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—. —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is C1-10 alkenyl, R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is C2-10 alkenyl, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is C2-10 alkenyl, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments. R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is C2-10 alkynyl, R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be acetylynyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—. —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments. R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo. —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is C2-10 alkynyl, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2. —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —S—, R1 is C2-10 alkynyl, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl and R3s, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments. R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—, R1 is H, R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3aR3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—, R1 is H, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—, R1 is H, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments. R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In any of the preceding embodiments for R3a, R3b, and R3c, any bromo or H may be independently replaced with a fluroro, iodo, or chloro moiety allowing for all possible permutations. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—, R1 is C1-10 alkyl, R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl. —C2-5 alkenyl. —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—, R1 is C1-10 alkyl, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3 is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl. —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—, R1 is C1-10 alkyl, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl and R3a, R3b and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3b and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments. R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen. —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—, R1 is C1-10 alkenyl, R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—. —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments. R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl. —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—, R1 is C2-10 alkenyl, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—. —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-2 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6—, R1 is C2-10 alkenyl, R2 is C2-10 alkynyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl. —C2-8 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—, R1 is C2-10 alkynyl, R2 is C1-10 alkyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be acetylynyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2. —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl. —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—, R1 is C2-10 alkynyl, R2 is C2-10 alkenyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—. —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C1-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • In some embodiments, X is —N(R6)—, R1 is C2-10 alkynyl, R2 is C2-10 to alkynyl and R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen. For example, R1 may be ethylene, propylene, butylene, pentylene, hexylene, heptylene, octylene, nonylene, decylene, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. For example, R2 may be acetylenyl, propylyne, butylyne, pentylyne, hexylyne, heptylyne, octylyne, nonylyne, decylyne, and all isomers and branched derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each H. In some embodiments, R3a is bromo and R3b and R3c are H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each bromo and R3c is H. In some embodiments, R3a and R3b are each H and R3c is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each H and R3b is bromo. In some embodiments, R3a and R3c are each bromo and R3b is H. In some embodiments, R3a is H and R3b and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R3a, R3b, and R3c are each bromo. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted with one or more R5. For example, in some embodiments, R2 is substituted with halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, or —N(R6)2. In some embodiments, up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are replaced by an —O—. —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced. In some embodiments, R1 is substituted with one or more R4 moieties. For example, in some embodiments, R1 is substituted with halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —N(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, or heteroaryl. Each R6 may independently be H, —C1-5 alkyl. —C2-8 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds which differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structure except for the replacement of a hydrogen atom by deuterium or tritium, or the replacement of a carbon atom by 13C or 14C, or the replacement of a nitrogen atom by 15N, or the replacement of an oxygen atom with 17O or 18O are within the scope of the present disclosure. Such isotopically labeled compounds are useful as research or diagnostic tools.
  • Methods of Treatment
  • The disclosed compounds (e.g., compounds of Formula I-Ie (i.e., compounds of Formula I, Ia, Ib, Ic, Id, and Ie), and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts have activity as pharmaceuticals, as discussed herein.
  • The present disclosure provides a method of treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder or condition including the step of administering an effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, solvates, hydrates, isomers, and tautomers thereof to thereby treat or prevent the disease, disorder or condition in a subject in need thereof.
  • The present disclosure provides a compound of the present disclosure, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, solvates, hydrates, isomers, and tautomers thereof, or the pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure for use in the treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder or condition in a subject in need thereof.
  • The present disclosure provides for use of a compound of the present disclosure, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, solvates, hydrates, isomers, and tautomers thereof, for the treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder or condition in a subject in need thereof.
  • The present disclosure provides for use of a compound of the present disclosure, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, prodrugs, solvates, hydrates, isomers, and tautomers thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a disease, disorder or condition.
  • It was surprisingly discovered AgE (5) is more potent than AgA (1) in blocking the effects of fibroblast OPN on the invasiveness, migration potential, and cancer stem cell populations in associated cancer cells. As will be appreciated by a skilled artisan, this has wide ranging applications. For example, because AgE (5) and AgA (1) both block the effects of fibroblast OPN on the invasiveness, migration potential, and cancer stein cell populations in associated cancer cells, such as breast cancer, this implies that natural and derivatized agelastatin compounds are useful at treating, preventing, and/or delaying a variety of cancers associated with OPN overexpression. Thus, in some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method for the treatment, prevention, or delay of cancer, comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the present disclosure, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof to a subject in need thereof.
  • In one embodiment, the disease, disorder or condition is a cancer, tumor or other malignancy. As used herein, cancers tumors and malignancies, refer to diseases, disorders or conditions, or to cells or tissues associated with the diseases, disorders or conditions, characterized by aberrant or abnormal cell proliferation, differentiation and/or migration often accompanied by an aberrant or abnormal molecular phenotype that includes one or more genetic mutations or other genetic changes associated with oncogenesis, expression of tumor markers, loss of tumor suppressor expression or activity and/or aberrant or abnormal cell surface marker expression. In general embodiments, cancers, tumors and malignancies may include sarcomas, lymphomas, leukemias, solid tumors, blastomas, gliomas, carcinomas, melanomas and metastatic cancers, although without limitation thereto. A more comprehensive listing of cancers tumors and malignancies may be found at the National Cancer Institutes website http://www.cancer.gov/cancertopics/types/alphalist, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • The cancer may be any cancer associated with OPN overexpression. For example, in some embodiments, the cancer is breast cancer, lung cancer, colorectal cancer, stomach cancer, ovarian cancer, papillary thyroid carcinoma, melanoma, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, renal cancer, head and neck cancers, salivary gland cancer, endometrial cancer, cervical cancer, pancreatic cancer, sarcoma, glioblastoma and glioma, or pleural mesothelioma. In some embodiments, the cancer is breast cancer. A skilled artisan will appreciate that a variety of breast cancers may be linked to OPN overexpression. In some embodiments, the breast cancer is selected from the group consisting of ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS), invasive ductal carcinoma (IDC), tubular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, mucinous carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, cribriform carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma (ILC), inflammatory breast cancer, lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS), luminal A, luminal B, triple-negative/basal-like, and HER2-enriched, normal-like breast cancer. In some embodiments, the breast cancer is metastatic breast cancer or recurrent metastatic breast cancer.
  • In some embodiments, the cancer (e.g., breast cancer) is recurrent cancer at the primary site, metastatic cancer, or recurrent metastatic cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer (e.g., breast cancer) is prevented or delayed. In some embodiments, the cancer (e.g., breast cancer) is prevented. In some embodiments, the cancer (e.g., breast cancer) is delayed.
  • In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered before surgery and/or radiotherapy and/or systemic medical therapy. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered before surgery. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered before radiotherapy. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered before systemic medical therapy. In various embodiments, systemic medical therapy includes chemotherapies, hormonal therapies, targeted biologic therapies, and/or immunotherapies.
  • Systemic therapies of the present disclosure are treatments that can spread throughout the body to treat cancer cells wherever they may be located. As noted, such drugs can be chemotherapies, hormonal therapies, targeted drugs, and/or immunotherapies. In various embodiments, systemic therapies reach cells throughout the body by traveling through the bloodstream.
  • In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered after surgery and/or radiotherapy and/or systemic medical therapy. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered after surgery. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered after radiotherapy. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered after systemic medical therapy. In various embodiments, systemic medical therapy includes chemotherapies, hormonal therapies, targeted biologic therapies, and/or immunotherapies.
  • In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered concurrently with radiotherapy and/or systemic medical therapy. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered concurrently with radiotherapy. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered concurrently with systemic medical treatment. In various embodiments, systemic medical therapy includes chemotherapies, hormonal therapies, targeted biologic therapies, and/or immunotherapies.
  • In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered before and after surgery and/or radiotherapy and/or systemic medical therapy. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered before and after surgery. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered before and after radiotherapy. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered before and after systemic medical therapy. In various embodiments, systemic medical therapy includes chemotherapies, hormonal therapies, targeted biologic therapies, and/or immunotherapies.
  • In some embodiments, the treatment results in inhibition of induced transcription of osteopontin (OPN) in fibroblasts, inflammatory cells, and immune cells of the tumor microenvironment. In some embodiments, the treatment results in inhibition of induced transcription of osteopontin (OPN) in fibroblasts. In some embodiments, the treatment results in inhibition of induced transcription of osteopontin (OPN) in inflammatory cells. In some embodiments, the treatment results in inhibition of induced transcription of osteopontin (OPN) in immune cells of the tumor microenvironment. In some embodiments, the fibroblasts are mammary fibroblasts. In some embodiments, the cancer is characterized by a tumor microenvironment exhibiting down regulation of fibroblast Tiam1 and upregulation of fibroblast OPN. In other embodiments, the cancer is characterized by a tumor microenvironment exhibiting upregulation of fibroblast OPN.
  • Osteopontin transcription can be stimulated by multiple factors, including but not limited to, stimulation by vitamin D. Without being bound by any particular theory, it has been discovered that agelastatin A can inhibit the induction of osteopontin transcription by cancer cell secreted factors as well as vitamin D. Thus, in various embodiments, such inhibition by agelastatin A can occur in any tissue, e.g., breast tissue. Multiple cell types in the tumor stroma, including macrophages and lymphocytes, also secrete osteopontin. Since agelastatin A can block metastasis of breast cancer cells to lung in vivo, which is a complex process involving various tumor microenvironments, it is understood that in various embodiments, agelastatin A can inhibit osteopontin transcription in macrophages and lymphocytes as well as fibroblasts.
  • In some embodiments, the inhibition occurs at or below the cytotoxic range determined for the cancer cells being treated. In some embodiments, the inhibition occurs at the cytotoxic range determined for the cancer cells being treated. In other embodiments, the inhibition occurs below the cytotoxic range determined for the cancer cells being treated. In some embodiments, the transcription is of splice variants of OPN. In some embodiments, the spice variants are osteopontin-a, osteopontin-b, or osteopontin-c. In some embodiments, the inhibition results in interference with cancer cell adhesion, cancer cell invasion, and cancer stem cell populations.
  • For the above-mentioned therapeutic uses the dosage administered will, of course, vary with the compound employed, the mode of administration, the treatment desired and the disorder indicated. For example, the daily dosage of the compound of the present disclosure, if inhaled, may be in the range from about 0.05 micrograms per kilogram body weight (μg/kg) to about 100 micrograms per kilogram body weight (μg/kg). Alternatively, if the compound is administered orally, then the daily dosage of the compound of the present disclosure may be in the range from about 0.01 micrograms per kilogram body weight (μg/kg) to about 100 milligrams per kilogram body weight (mg/kg).
  • Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • The disclosed compounds (e.g., compounds of Formula I-Ie), and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, tautomers, prodrugs or stereoisomers thereof may be used on their own but will generally be administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition in which the disclosed compound/salt (e.g., compounds of Formula I-Ie and salts thereof) (active ingredient) is in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant, diluent and; or carrier. Thus in some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising compounds of Formula I-Ie and a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant, diluent, carrier and/or excipient. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising compounds of Formula I-Ie and a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising compounds of Formula I-Ie and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising compounds of Formula I-Ie and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising compounds of Formula I-Ie and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable pharmaceutical formulations are described in, for example, “Pharmaceuticals—The Science of Dosage Form Designs”, M. E. Aulton, Churchill Livingstone, 1988, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • Depending on the mode of administration, the pharmaceutical composition will comprise from about 0.05 to about 99% w (percent by weight), more particularly from about 0.05 to about 80% w, still more particularly from about 0.10 to about 70% w, and even more particularly from about 0.10 to about 50% w, of active ingredient, all percentages by weight being based on total composition.
  • The present disclosure also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a disclosed compound (e.g., compound of Formula I-Ie), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as hereinbefore defined, in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant, diluent, carrier, and/or excipient.
  • The present disclosure further provides a process for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure which comprises mixing a disclosed compound (e.g., compound of Formula I-Ie), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as hereinbefore defined with a pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvant, diluent, carrier, and/or excipient.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions may be administered topically (e.g. to the skin or to the lung and/or airways) in the form, e.g., of creams, solutions, suspensions, heptafluoroalkane (HFA) aerosols and dry powder formulations, for example, formulations in the inhaler device known as the Turbuhaler®; or systemically, e.g. by oral administration in the form of tablets, capsules, syrups, powders or granules; or by parenteral administration in the form of a sterile solution, suspension or emulsion for injection (including intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravascular or infusion); or by rectal administration in the form of suppositories.
  • Dry powder formulations and pressurized HFA aerosols of the compounds of the present disclosure (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts) may be administered by oral or nasal inhalation. For inhalation, the compound is desirably finely divided. The finely divided compound preferably has a mass median diameter of less than 10 micrometres (pun), and may be suspended in a propellant mixture with the assistance of a dispersant, such as a C8-C20 fatty acid or salt thereof, (for example, oleic acid), a bile salt, a phospholipid, an alkyl saccharide, a perfluorinated or polyethoxylated surfactant, or other pharmaceutically acceptable dispersant.
  • The compounds of the present disclosure may also be administered by means of a dry powder inhaler. The inhaler may be a single or a multi dose inhaler, and may be a breath actuated dry powder inhaler.
  • One possibility is to mix the finely divided compound of the present disclosure with a carrier substance, for example, a mono-, di- or polysaccharide, a sugar alcohol, or another polyol. Suitable carriers are sugars, for example, lactose, glucose, raffinose, melezitose, lactitol, maltitol, trehalose, sucrose, mannitol; and starch. Alternatively the finely divided compound may be coated by another substance. The powder mixture may also be dispensed into hard gelatin capsules, each containing the desired dose of the active compound.
  • Another possibility is to process the finely divided powder into spheres which break up during the inhalation procedure. This spheronized powder may be filled into the drug reservoir of a multidose inhaler, for example, that known as the Turbuhaler® in which a dosing unit meters the desired dose which is then inhaled by the patient. With this system the active ingredient, with or without a carrier substance, is delivered to the patient.
  • Another possibility is to process the compound as an amorphous dispersion in a polymer matrix such as hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC) or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate (HPMCAS). As the name suggests, spray-dried dispersions (SDDs) are obtained by dissolving drug and polymer in an organic solvent, atomizing the resulting solution into droplets, and evaporation to dried solid particles. SDDs are usually amenable for use a variety of final oral dosage forms, including capsules and tablets.
  • For oral administration the compound of the present disclosure may be admixed with an adjuvant or a carrier, for example, lactose, saccharose, sorbitol, mannitol; a starch, for example, potato starch, corn starch or amylopectin; a cellulose derivative; a binder, for example, gelatin or polyvinylpyrrolidone; and/or a lubricant, for example, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, polyethylene glycol, a wax, paraffin, and the like, and then compressed into tablets. If coated tablets are required, the cores, prepared as described above, may be coated with a concentrated sugar solution which may contain, for example, gum arabic, gelatin, talcum and titanium dioxide. Alternatively, the tablet may be coated with a suitable polymer dissolved in a readily volatile organic solvent.
  • Suitable excipients include, but are not limited to, polymers, absorption enhancers, solubility enhancing agents, dissolution rate enhancing agents, bioadhesive agents, and controlled release agents. More particularly, suitable excipients include cellulose ethers, acrylic acid polymers, and bile salts. Other suitable excipients are described in detail in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, published jointly by the American Pharmaceutical Association and The Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain, the Pharmaceutical Press, 1986, which is incorporated by reference herein. Such excipients are commercially available and/or can be prepared by techniques known in the art.
  • For the preparation of soft gelatin capsules, the compound of the present disclosure may be admixed with, for example, a vegetable oil or polyethylene glycol. Hard gelatin capsules may contain granules of the compound using either the above-mentioned excipients for tablets. Also liquid or semisolid formulations of the compound of the present disclosure may be filled into hard gelatin capsules.
  • Liquid preparations for oral application may be in the form of syrups or suspensions, for example, solutions containing the compound of the present disclosure, the balance being sugar and a mixture of ethanol, water, glycerol and propylene glycol. Optionally such liquid preparations may contain colouring agents, flavouring agents, saccharine and/or carboxymethylcellulose as a thickening agent or other excipients known to those skilled in art.
  • Combination Therapy
  • The compounds of the present disclosure (that is, compounds of Formula I-Ie, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) may also be administered in conjunction with other compounds used for the treatment of the above conditions.
  • The present disclosure therefore further relates to combination therapies wherein a compound of the present disclosure or a pharmaceutical composition or formulation comprising a compound of the present disclosure is administered concurrently or sequentially or as a combined preparation with another therapeutic agent or agents, for the treatment of one or more of the conditions listed.
  • In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method for the treatment, prevention, or delay of cancer, comprising administering a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of the present disclosure, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof to a subject in need thereof comprising coadministration to the subject of an additional therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of antitumor agents, anti-metabolites, anti-estrogens, aromatase inhibitors, estrogen receptor antagonists, targeted therapies, tyrosine kinase inhibitors, and immune checkpoint inhibitors.
  • In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method for the treatment, prevention, or delay of cancer, comprising administering a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of the present disclosure, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof to a subject in need thereof comprising coadministrating an antitumor agent. A variety of antitumor agents can be used in the context of the present disclosure and will be readily apparent to a skilled artisan, including, but not limited to paclitaxel, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, cyclophosphamide, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, thiotepa, busulfan, improsulfan, piposulfan, benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, uredopa, altretamine, triethylenemelamine, triethylenephosphoramide, triethilenethiophosphoramide, trimethylolomelamine, bullatacin, bullatacinone, camptothecin, bryostatin, callystatin, cryptophycin 1, cryptophycin 8, dolastatin, duocarmycin, eleutherobin, pancratistatin, sarcodictyin, spongistatin, chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard, carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, ranimustine, calicheamicin, dynemicin, clodronate, esperamicin, aclacinomycin, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycin, cactinomycin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycin, dactinomycin, detorbicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, ADRIAMYCIN, epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycin C, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycin, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin, denopterin, pteropterin, trimetrexate, fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine, ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine, androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone, aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane, frolinic acid, aceglatone, aldophosphamide glycoside, aminolevulinic acid, eniluracil, amsacrine, bestrabucil, bisantrene, edatraxate, defofamine, demecolcine, diaziquone, elfornithine, elliptinium acetate, epothilone, etoglucid, lentinan, lonidamine, maytansine, ansamitocine, mitoguazone, mitoxantrone, mopidanmol, nitraerine, pentostatin, phenamet, pirarubicin, losoxantrone, podophyllinic acid, 2-ethylhydrazide, procarbazine, razoxane, rhizoxin, schizophyllan, spirogermanium, tenuazonic acid, triaziquone, roridine A, anguidine, urethane, vindesine, dacarbazine, mannomustine, mitobronitol, mitolactol, pipobroman, gacytosine, docetaxel, chlorambucil, gemcitabine, 6-thioguanine, mercaptopurine, cisplatin, oxaliplatin, carboplatin, vinblastine, etoposide, ifosfamide, mitoxantrone, vincristine, vinorelbine, novantrone, teniposide, edatrexate, daunomycin, aminopterin, xeloda, ibandronate, irinotecan, topoisomerase inhibitor, difluoromethylornithine (DMFO), retinoic acid, capecitabine, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method for the treatment, prevention, or delay of cancer, comprising administering a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of the present disclosure, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof to a subject in need thereof comprising coadministrating an anti-metabolite agent. A variety of anti-metabolite agents can be used in the context of the present disclosure and will be readily apparent to a skilled artisan, including, but not limited to methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, 5-fluorouracil prodrugs (e.g., capecitabine), 5-fluorodeoxyuridine monophosphate, cytarabine, 5-azacytidine, gemcitabine, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, azathioprine, adenosine, pentostatin, erythrohydroxynonyladenine, and cladribine.
  • In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method for the treatment, prevention, or delay of cancer, comprising administering a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of the present disclosure, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof to a subject in need thereof comprising coadministrating of an anti-estrogen agent selected from the group consisting of selective estrogen receptor modulators, pure receptor antagonists, aromatase inhibitors, and anti-gonadotropins and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof.
  • In various embodiments, the anti-estrogen agent is a selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM). A variety of SERMs can be used in the context of the present disclosure and will be readily apparent to a skilled artisan, including, but not limited to anordrin, bazedoxifene, broparestrol, clomifene, cyclofenil, lasofoxifene, ormeloxifene, ospemifene, raloxifene, tamoxifen citrate, toremifene citrate, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof.
  • In various embodiments, the anti-estrogen agent is a pure receptor antagonist, A variety of pure receptor agonists can be used in the context of the present disclosure and will be readily apparent to a skilled artisan, including, but not limited to fulvestrant, brilanestrant, elacestrant, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof.
  • In various embodiments, the anti-estrogen agent is an aromatase inhibitor. A variety of aromatase inhibitors can be used in the context of the present disclosure and will be readily apparent to a skilled artisan, including, but not limited to anastrozole, letrozole, vorozole, exemestane, formestane and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof.
  • In various embodiments, the anti-estrogen agent is an anti-gonadotropin. A variety of anti-gonadotropins can be used in the context of the present disclosure and will be readily apparent to a skilled artisan, including, but not limited to triptorelin, leuprolide acetate, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method for the treatment, prevention, or delay of cancer, comprising administering a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of the present disclosure, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof to a subject in need thereof comprising coadministrating an tyrosine kinase inhibitor. A variety of tyrosine kinase inhibitors can be used in the context of the present disclosure and will be readily apparent to a skilled artisan, including, but not limited to trastuzumab, pertuzumab, imatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, sunitinib, adavosertib, and lapatinib.
  • In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method for the treatment, prevention, or delay of cancer, comprising administering a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of the present disclosure, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof to a subject in need thereof comprising coadministrating an immune checkpoint inhibitor. A variety of immune checkpoint inhibitors can be used in the context of the present disclosure and will be readily apparent to a skilled artisan, including, but not limited to ipilimumab, pembrolizumab, nivolumab, avelumab, durvalumab, and atezolizumab
  • Methods of Synthesizing the Compounds
  • The compounds of the present disclosure can be made according to the following methods. A skilled artisan will understand that such methods can be implemented in any of numerous ways. While a certain order may be implied, the methods may be arranged according to any suitable sequence. Embodiments, ordered in a manner different from those explicitly described are encompassed by the present disclosure.
  • In various embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of making a compound of claim 1, comprising addition of a nucleophile to an iminium intermediate of Formula (II):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00050
  • In various embodiments, the nucleophile added to Formula (II) is R1—XH, wherein X is —O—, —S—, or —N(R4)—. In some embodiments, X is —O—. In other embodiments, X is —S—. In still other embodiments, X is —N(R4)—. In some embodiments, the nucleophile is the reaction solvent. In other embodiments, the nucleophile is used as a volume fraction ranging from about 1:1 to about 1:200 with reaction solvent, e.g., about 1:1, about 1:10, about 1:20, about 1:30, about 1:40, about 1:50, about 1:60, about 1:70, about 1:80, about 1:90, about 1:100, about 1:110, about 1:120, about 1:130, about 1:140, about 1:150, about 1:160, about 1:170, about 1:180, about 1:190, or about 1:200, including all ranges and subvalues therebetween. In other embodiments, the nucleophile is used in from about 1 equivalent (eq.) to about 50 equivalents compared to the reagents, e.g.; about 1 eq., about 5 eq., about 10 eq., about 15 eq., about 20 eq., about 25 eq., about 30 eq, about 35 eq, about 40 eq, about 45 eq, or about 50 eq., including all ranges and subvalues therebetween.
  • In various embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of making a compound of Formula (I), comprising acid-promoted cyclization of a compound of Formula (II) to afford a compound of Formula (Id):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00051
  • In various embodiments, the acid used to promote the acid-promoted cyclization is methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, and nitric acid. In some embodiments, the acid is trifluoroacetic acid. In other embodiments, the acid is methanesulfonic acid. In still other embodiments, the acid is hydrochloric acid. In yet other embodiments, the acid is trifluoromethanesulfonic acid.
  • In various embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of making compound (Ill), comprising copper-mediated coupling between a compound of Formula (IV) and a compound of Formula (V):
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00052
  • wherein R8 is alkyl or cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R8 is alkyl. In other embodiments, R8 is cycloalkyl. In specific embodiments, the alkyl is n-butyl. In other specific embodiments, the cycloalkyl is cyclohexyl.
  • In various embodiments, the copper-mediated coupling is carried out with copper (I)-thiophene-2-carboxylate (CuTC) or copper(I) diphenylphosphinate (CuDPP). In specific embodiments, the copper-mediated coupling is carried out with CuTC.
  • In some embodiments, the copper-mediated coupling further comprises treatment with an acid.
  • The compounds of the present disclosure (e.g., compound of Formula I-Ie), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, enantiomer, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, isomer, or tautomer thereof, may be prepared as described herein and modified by methods known in the art of organic synthesis as set forth in part by the following synthetic schemes. In the schemes described below, it is well understood that protecting groups for sensitive or reactive groups are employed where necessary in accordance with general principles or chemistry. Protecting groups are manipulated according to standard methods of organic synthesis (T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, “Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, Third edition, Wiley, New York 1999, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety). These groups are removed at a convenient stage of the compound synthesis using methods that are readily apparent to those skilled in the art. The selection processes, as well as the reaction conditions and order of their execution, shall be consistent with the preparation of disclosed compounds (e.g., compounds of Formula I-Ie).
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize if a stereocenter exists in the compounds of Formula I-Ie. Accordingly, the present disclosure includes both possible stereoisomers (unless specified in the synthesis) and includes not only racemic compounds but the individual enantiomers and/or diastereomers as well. When a compound is desired as a single enantiomer or diastereomer, it may be obtained by stereospecific synthesis or by resolution of the final product or any convenient intermediate. Resolution of the final product, an intermediate, or a starting material may be affected by any suitable method known in the art. See, for example, “Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds” by E. L. Eliel, S. H. Wilen, and L. N. Mander (Wiley-Interscience, 1994), which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • The compounds described herein may be made from commercially available starting materials or synthesized using known organic, inorganic, and/or enzymatic processes.
  • EXAMPLES
  • The following examples are provided to illustrate the present disclosure, and should not be construed as limiting thereof. In these examples, all parts and percentages are by weight, unless otherwise noted. Abbreviations in the examples are noted below.
  • Abbreviations
  • HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
    mL milliliter
    mmol millimole
    MeOH methanol
    NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
    THF tetrahydrofuran
    TLC thin layer chromatography
  • Example 1: Synthesis and Biological Examination of New Agelastatin a and E Derivatives
  • Results and Discussion
  • In addition to studying other natural members of the agelastatin alkaloid family, the examination of new agelastatin derivatives in a 3D co-culture assay modeling the breast cancer microenvironment was desired.9 Prompted by preliminary biological data (vide infra), it was of particular interest to examine derivatives which were accessible via late-stage modifications in the synthesis of agelastatins.3 As illustrated in FIG. 2, the AgE derivative series 7 includes C5-ether variants that were envisioned to be prepared by nucleophilic trapping of iminium ion 9.3a Complementarily, the AgA derivative series 8 (FIG. 2) includes N1-substituted analogs that were planned to be accessed via application of imidazolone D-ring synthesis methodology. Starting with the common thioester (+)-12 and urea derivative 13, rapid access to N-substituted pre-agelastatin 11 as the substrate for C-ring cyclization reaction was envisioned.3
  • Numerous agelastatin alkaloid derivatives were prepared (Table 1) through application of the synthesis of pre-agelastatin 11, which is subject to C-ring cyclization followed by C5-substitution. Under optimal conditions (vide infra), C5-ionization of AgA (1) followed by nucleophilic trapping afforded the C5-substituted AgE derivative series 7 (Table 1, entries 1-11). A versatile imidazolone synthesis methodology using a common thioester (+)-12 allowed introduction of the N1-substituent in pre-agelastatin 11, which after cyclization afforded the desired N1-substituted AgA derivative series 8 (Table 1, entries 12-16). These new derivatives offer diverse functional groups enabling further derivatization with potential for future studies concerning agelastatin alkaloids. Importantly, the synthesis of agelastatin derivatives 7 and 8 (vide infra) was informed and guided by concurrent biological studies of these alkaloids and their derivatives. Specifically, the biological evaluation of AgA (1) and AgE (5) disclosed herein has been critical to the design and synthesis of agelastatin derivatives including those illustrated in Table 1.
  • TABLE 1
    Representative agelastatin derivatives prepared for this study.
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00053
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00054
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00055
    agelastatin
    entry substituent derivative
    agelastatin E derivatives R2 = Me
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00056
     1
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00057
    7a
     2
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00058
    7b
     3
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00059
    7c
     4  5
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00060
    7d, n = 2 7l, n = 1
     6  7
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00061
    7e, n = 1 7f, n = 2
     8  9
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00062
    7g, n = 1 7h, n = 2
    10 11
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00063
    7j, R = Me 7k, R = Ph
    agelastatin A derivatives R1X = OH
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00064
    12 13
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00065
    8a, n = 1 8b, n = 3
    14
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00066
    8c
    15
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00067
    8d
    16
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00068
    8e, R1X = N3
    agelastatin derivative
    17
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00069
    14
  • Studies of AgE in Breast Cancer Microenvironments.
  • In the aforementioned 3D assay system, AgA (1) at low concentrations abrogates the effects of up-regulated fibroblast OPN on cancer cell adhesion, invasion, and cancer stem cell populations. Cancer cells exposed in co-culture to fibroblasts with up-regulated OPN demonstrated increased levels of lung metastasis in murine xenograft models, which were completely blocked by AgA (1) treatment of the co-cultures.9 Given the interest in examining other agelastatins for activity in blocking vitamin D-induced OPN transcription in fibroblasts, the other natural members of the agelastatin alkaloid family, (−)-agelastatins B-F (2-6, FIG. 1) were first examined, prepared as described in earlier synthetic studies.3 It was found that AgA (1) and AgE (5) had the desired activity, suggesting a possible negative influence by N1-dealkylation (AgD and AgF), C4-hydroxylation (AgC), or C14-bromination (AgB and AgF) of the agelastatin core.14 Interestingly, it was found that AgE (5) consistently blocked stimulated OPN transcription and demonstrated increased potency (FIG. 3) in comparison to AgA (1) in two dimensional (2D) cultures, prompting future examination of new C5-substituted agelastatins in blocking OPN transcription in fibroblasts.
  • Furthermore, the efficacy of AgE (5) was tested in blocking the effects of up-regulated fibroblast OPN in 3D co-cultures with the breast cancer cell line SUM1315. Cancer cells were co-cultured in 3D media mixture with reduction mammary fibroblasts (RMF) with either wild-type retroviral hairpin control vector (C-RMF) or Tiam1 silencing hairpin vector (shTiam-RMF). While both control and Tiam1-deficient fibroblasts secrete OPN to some degree, fibroblasts with Tiam1 silencing have up-regulated OPN.9,11 Co-cultures were treated with dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), AgA (1) at 75-nM concentration, or AgE (5) at 25-nM or 50-nM concentration.
  • In the co-cultures, fibroblasts and breast cancer cells aggregate together to form spheres, with the fibroblasts forming the interior core and the cancer cells on the exterior.12 SUM1315 is an aggressive breast cancer cell line, and under these conditions the cancer cells form multicellular projections extending out into the 3D matrix, with the number and/or length of the projections indicating degree of invasiveness. Co-culture with Tiam1-deficient fibroblasts promotes increased invasiveness, increased cancer stem cell populations, and metastasis of breast cancer cells after isolation from co-culture and implantation into mice. This is consistent with increased OPN secretion, seen as increased numbers of projections per sphere (FIG. 4, column 5) as compared to control fibroblasts (FIG. 4, column 1). Incorporation of AgA (1) at 75-nM concentration with Tiam1-deficient fibroblasts (FIG. 4, column 6) decreases the number of projections to the baseline number seen with control fibroblast co-culture. Furthermore, including AgE (5) at 25-nM concentration (FIG. 4, column 7) partially restores the number of projections toward baseline, while AgE (5) at 50-nM concentration (FIG. 4, column 8) decreases the number of projections to below the baseline condition. Treatment of co-cultures of SUM1315/Tiam1-deficient human mammary fibroblasts with AgA prevents subsequent lung metastasis of breast cancer cells when implanted into immune deficient mice. Excitingly, these results suggest that AgE (5) is more potent than AgA (1) in decreasing the invasiveness induced by Tiam1-deficient fibroblasts.
  • Breast cancer cells from the 3D co-cultures were isolated to greater than 990/o purity as described previously11,9 for further assessment. Adhesion of these post-co-culture (PCC) cells was assessed through transwell migration assay (FIG. 5). As with the invasion assay results, migration was notably increased in PCC cells exposed to Tiam1 I-deficient fibroblasts (FIG. 5, column 5) compared with PCC cells exposed to control fibroblasts (FIG. 5, column 1), and this was blocked by incorporation of AgA (1) at 75-nM concentration in the co-cultures (FIG. 5, column 6). Significantly, including AgE (5) at 25-nM and 50-nM concentrations (FIG. 5, columns 7-8) also decreased the migration, with the 50-nM treatment decreasing the number of migrating cells below the baseline condition.
  • Two assays for breast cancer stem cell populations include tumorsphere formation in low adherence culture conditions and flow cytometry for specific cell surface markers (CD44+/CD24/ESA+). Results of both assays on the PCC cells showed analogous findings to the aforementioned invasion and migration assays Incorporation of AgA (1) at 75-nM concentration completely blocked the increased numbers of tumorspheres (FIG. 6, column 6) or cancer stem cells (FIG. 7, column 6) induced by Tiam1-deficient fibroblasts, compared with control fibroblasts (FIGS. 6-7, column 1). Incorporation of AgE (5) at 25-nM concentration had a partial effect (FIGS. 6-7, column 7), while AgE (5) at 50-nM concentration decreased tumorsphere (FIG. 6, column 8) and cancer stem cell (FIG. 7, column 8) numbers below baseline. Significantly, these results consistently suggest that AgE (5) is more potent than AgA (1) in blocking the effects of fibroblast OPN on the invasiveness, migration potential, and cancer stem cell populations in associated breast cancer cells.
  • The next tests were directed to whether direct treatment of mice with agelastatins could block the lung metastasis seen with the mixed cell xenograft model (co-implantation of breast cancer cell line SUM1315 and Tiam1-deficient human).
  • The initial experiments with serial-treated mice bearing breast cancer xenografts with AgA at 2.5 mg/kg (the only published dose in the literature) induced toxicity in the mice within 2 weeks of treatment initiation. In the next studies, mice were treated with 3 lower doses of AgA (1.25 mg/kg, 0.625 mg/kg, and 0.25 mg/kg) in DMSO using 5×/week IP injection (5 mice/cohort) and observed for toxicity (FIG. 9). All mice gained weight as expected and none exhibited physical signs of toxicity, such as fur ruffling, hunching, decreased movement. Next, the direct treatment of mixed cell xenograft-bearing mice with AgA was examined. Mixed cell tumor-fibroblast xenografts were established in all mice and after healing from implantation surgery, treatment of 3 cohorts with AgA or DMSO vehicle was initiated (5 mice/cohort) (FIG. 10). All mice gained weight as expected (FIG. 10A) and final tumor weights at the implantation site were the same in all cohorts at necropsy, indicating no effect on primary tumorigenesis (FIG. 10B). The effects of AgA on lung metastasis in mixed cell xenograft-bearing mice was examined next (FIG. 11). Lung sections (FFPE) from mice shown in FIG. 10 were examined using hematoxylin & eosin and vimentin staining (SUM1315 exhibits strong vimentin expression) and clusters of metastatic cells counted. Two lung sections/mouse were examined; data represent numbers/individual lung section. As can be seen from FIG. 11, at 1.25 mg/kg, almost 800 of mice had 0 metastases and the remaining mice all had between 1 and 5 (compared to about 40 of mice having >10 metastases in the control group).
  • The direct treatment of mixed cell xenograft-bearing mice with AgE was next tested (FIG. 12). Mixed cell tumor-fibroblast xenografts were established in all mice and after healing from implantation surgery, treatment of 3 cohorts with AgE or DMSO vehicle was initiated as indicated (8 mice per cohort). All mice gained weight as expected (FIG. 12A) and growth kinetics of tumor growth at the implantation site were the same in all cohorts, again indicating no effect on primary tumorigenesis (FIG. 12B).
  • The effects of AgE on lung metastasis in mixed cell xenograft-bearing mice was examined next (FIG. 13). Lung sections (FFPE) from mice shown in FIG. 10 were examined using hematoxylin & eosin and vimentin staining (SUM1315 exhibits strong vimentin expression) and clusters of metastatic cells counted. Two lung sections/mouse were examined; data represent numbers/individual lung section. As can be seen from FIG. 13, at 1.25 mg/kg, all mice had 0 metastases and about 80% of mice at 0.625 mg/kg had 0 metastases (compared to about 60% of mice having >10 metastases in the control group).
  • The above data indicate that both AgA and AgE are effective in suppressing/preventing lung metastasis at tolerable doses in the mixed cell xenograft model. At the doses used, AgA and AgE do not significantly impair primary tumorigenesis. Metastatic spread of cancer is primary cause of cancer death and there are no drugs currently available directed against cancer metastasis. This is a significant unmet clinical need. The data suggest that AgA, AgE, and derivatives may therefore have important uses in the adjuvant setting—i.e. prevention of metastatic spreading—in conjunction with other treatment(s) directed at the primary tumor.
  • Lastly, the effect of Tiam1-deficient fibroblasts and agelastatin inhibition in breast cancer co-cultures was examined (FIG. 14). Human breast cancers consist of a group of sub-types that are distinguished clinically by cellular expression of estrogen receptor (ER), progesterone receptor (PR), and HER2. This is often recapitulated in experimental models with a panel of breast cancer cell lines expressing different immunophenotypes, and are often classified as luminal A or B sub-types (ER and/or PR+), HER2+, unclassified triple-negative (ER-PR− HER2-, EGFR or CK5/6−) and basal-like (ER-PR-HER2−, EGFR or CK5/6+). The 3D co-culture model has been used to test representative lines of each sub-type for responsiveness to the fibroblast Tiam1-osteopontin pathway and agelastatin inhibition:
  • SUM 1315 triple negative
    SUM159 triple negative
    MCF7 luminal A
    BT474 luminal B
    SKBR3 HER2
    MCF10A basal
  • Each cancer cell line was established in co-culture with either control or Tiam1-deficient fibroblasts to form the mixed cell spheroids, and treated with DMSO or agelastatin A or E as indicated. Invasiveness is assessed by the formation of multi-cellular projections emanating from the spheroid into the 3D media, and is scored by assessing proportions of spheroids exhibiting increasing numbers of projections. It was previously shown that changes in invasiveness correlate with changes in migration, cancer stem cells, and metastatic potential. For each cell line, co-culture with Tiam-deficient fibroblasts increases the invasiveness of the line, and treatment with agelastatin A or E blocks the increased invasiveness. The degree of the effects vary across the lines, with SUM1315 and BT474 being most sensitive, and MCF7 and MCF10A being least sensitive. This is not unexpected, as the co-culture conditions were optimized for SUM1315. It is likely that varying the co-culture conditions would affect the behavior of each cell line in the system and potentially augment degree of response. Nevertheless, all cell lines responded to the fibroblast co-culture in the same way, suggesting that treatment with agelastatins A, E, and their respective derivatives will be effective across the range of breast cancer sub-types.
  • With increased understanding of the effects of the agelastatin alkaloids in breast cancer microenvironments and on preventing and delaying the spread of metastasis, particularly the observation that AgE (5) showed increased potency as compared to AgA (1), a series of agelastatin derivatives was prepared (Table 1) and their biological effects on breast cancer invasiveness were studied.
  • Development of Agelastatin E Derivatives.
  • By treatment of AgA (1) with methanesulfonic acid to promote the formation of C5-iminium ion 9 (FIG. 2), followed by in situ trapping with a series of nucleophiles, the agelastatin derivatives 7a-7f (Table 2) were synthesized. Condensation of commercially available 3-butyn-1-ol and 3-buten-1-ol with AgA (1) provided the desired derivatives 7a and 7b, respectively (Table 2, entries 1-2). The use of 3-mercaptopropiophenone15 as the nucleophile afforded the C5-sulfide derivative 7c (Table 2, entry 3). The carbamate derivative 7d was prepared using the corresponding trimethylsilyl ethoxy carbamate-protected 4-aminobutan-1-ol as the nucleophile (Table 2, entry 4). Similarly, the condensation of 3-azidopropan-1-ol and 4-azidobutan-1-ol16 with AgA (1) resulted in formation of azide derivatives 7e and 7f, respectively (Table 2, entries 5-6). These derivatives provided functional groups amenable to further diversification for use in concurrent biological evaluation.
  • TABLE 2
    Synthesis of AgE derivatives 7a-7f from AgA (1). Conditions: (a) MeSO3H, CH3CN. * CH2Cl2
    used as solvent.
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00070
    entry
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00071
    derivative yield
    1
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00072
    7a 87%
    2
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00073
    7b 68%
    3
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00074
    7c 93%
    4
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00075
    7d 63%
    5* 6*
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00076
    7e, n = 1 7f, n = 2 74% 76%
  • Azide derivatives 7e and 7f were reduced to the corresponding amines 7g and 7h, respectively, under Staundinger reaction conditions (Scheme 1). The primary amine 7g was converted to carbamate 7i upon treatment with 4-nitrophenyl 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbonate in the presence of triethylamine. Likewise, primary amine 7h was converted to the acetamide 7j and benzamide 7k upon exposure to acetic anhydride and benzoyl chloride, respectively. This subset of AgE derivatives provided compounds with a range of linker length along with azide, amine, amide, and carbamate functional groups for the biological evaluation and comparison with AgA (1) and AgE (5) as modulators of breast cancer invasiveness (vide infra).
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00077
  • Development of Agelastatin A Derivatives.
  • The preparation of the urea-based organostannane reagent 13 (Table 3) was necessary for the introduction of substituents at the N1-position of agelastatin. The use of substituted urea 13 enabled access to the corresponding N1-substituted pre-agelastatins en route to the desired N1-substituted agelastatins. Through the use of 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole17 as a phosgene equivalent, the versatile intermediate 16 was accessed and converted to substituted ureas 13a-13c upon treatment with the desired primary amine (Table 3).3,18
  • TABLE 3
    Synthesis of substituted ureas 13a-13c. Conditions: (a) 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole, DMAP,
    CH2Cl2, 85%. (b) DMAP, CH2Cl2, 40° C.
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00078
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00079
    entry
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00080
    derivative yield
    1 2
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00081
    13a, n = 1 13b, n = 3 91% 95%
    3
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00082
    13c 84%
  • The copper-mediated coupling of substituted urea 13 with versatile thioester (+)-12 directly afforded the N1-substituted imidazolone 11 that served as the substrate for the C-ring cyclization chemistry to afford the N1-substituted AgA derivative series 8 (Table 4).3 The use of N1-substituents with a primary alcohol functional group was envisioned to enable post-cyclization diversification of the agelastatin core in analogy with the C5-ether series. Pre-agelastatins 11b and 11c provided modest yield of the corresponding N1-substituted agelastatin derivatives 8b and 8c, respectively (Table 4, entries 2-3). Interestingly, the shorter 4-methylene spacer pre-agelastatin 11a provided the N1-substituted AgA derivative 8a (Table 4, entry 1) along with the pentacyclic agelastatin derivative 14 (Scheme 2). The inefficient formation of N1-substituted agelastatin derivative 8a is likely due to competitive intramolecular trapping of the C5-iminium ion 17 to afford the pentacyclic derivative 14 (Scheme 2). Notably, ether 14 serves as a link between AgE and AgA derivatives, including both N1- and C5-modifications. An anticipated slower rate of intramolecular cyclization using the longer N1-substituents in pre-agelastatins 11b and 11c is consistent with the observed greater, albeit modest, yield of the corresponding derivatives 8b and 8c, respectively (Table 4).
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00083
  • TABLE 4
    Synthesis of AgA derivatives 8a-8c using copper-mediated coupling. Conditions: (a) CuTC,
    THF, 50° C.; HCl, MeOH, 50° C. (b) MeSO3H, H2O, 100° C. CuTC = copper (I) thiophene-
    2-carboxylate. * 8a was isolated along with pentacyclic derivative 14 (11%).
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00084
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00085
    entry
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00086
    derivative yield (a, b)
    1 2
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00087
    8a, n = 1 8b, n = 3 53%, 3%* 67%, 36%
    3
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00088
    8c 61%, 30%
  • The primary alcohol of the N1-substituent of AgA derivatives 8a-8c presents an opportunity for introduction of an azide functional group that may be used in the future for further modifications similar to those accomplished in the AgE derivative series 7. Indeed, using the more readily accessible agelastatin derivatives 8b and 8c the corresponding azide derivative was prepared in a single step (Scheme 3). The primary alcohol 8b was converted to the agelastatin azide 8d in 38% yield, along with 34% recovery of the starting material (72% BRSM). When using more forcing conditions required for complete conversion of the more recalcitrant triethyleneglycol derivative 8c to the corresponding azide, the formation of the bis-azide 8e consistent with an additional C5-azidation was observed. Interestingly, mass spectrometric analysis of bis-azide 8e shows consistency with other AgA derivatives in formation of its corresponding C5-iminium ion as a major observed molecular ion. This was the first example of azide substitution at the C5-position of the agelastatin alkaloids. The covalent linkage of the alcohol and azide functional groups offered in the AgA derivatives 8a-8e was designed to be complementary to the ionizable linkage present in the AgE derivative series 7.
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00089
    Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00090
  • Biological Study of Agelastatin Alkaloid Derivatives.
  • The synthesized Agelastatin derivatives were compared to AgA (1) and AgE (5) for efficacy in blocking vitamin D-induced OPN transcription. The results of these investigations with selected and most informative derivatives are summarized in FIG. 8. Of particular interest in these screens were the AgE derivative carbamate 7d and the AgA derivative azide 8d. In further studies of AgA derivatives the triethyleneglycol linked bis-azide 8e showed improved efficacy in the assays. Indeed, bis-azide 8e at 94-nM concentration demonstrates statistical equivalence to AgE (5) at 50-nM concentration in blocking vitamin D-induced OPN transcription. The AgE derivatives 7i-7k (Scheme 1) were designed in an effort to better understand the promising potency of carbamate 7d in preliminary assays. The aim was to differentiate between the different aspects of the linker that led to increased potency, such as the electronic properties, steric bulk, and linker length. Interestingly, the 4-methylene linked carbamate 7d maintained slightly improved potency compared to the related 3-methylene linked carbamate 7i, consistent with the notion that the linker length is important to maintaining the desired inhibitory activity in such AgE derivatives. While the acetamide derivative 7j maintains the substituent chain length of carbamate 7d, its comparatively decreased activity suggests that the acetamide group is not as effective as the larger trimethylsilylethoxy substituent of carbamate 7d. Simple benzamide derivative 7k excitingly shows the desired potency comparable to carbamate 7d by preserving the substituent chain length of carbamate 7d while offering a larger amide group as compared to acetamide 7j. Notably, these results highlight the notion that agelastatin derivitization (such as N1- and C5-substitution) are not only tolerated in agelastatins with potency in modulation of breast cancer invasiveness, but also have already offered ample opportunities to access compounds that begin to approach the newly discovered potency of AgE (5) in this context. Importantly, the chemistry described herein can easily be modified (for example by using different nucleophile classes) to enable access to a wide range of new synthetic agelastatin derivatives (e.g., AgA and AgE derivatives) as potential modulators of breast cancer invasion and metastasis.
  • CONCLUSIONS
  • It was demonstrated that (−)-AgE (5) is more potent than (−)-AgA (1) in blocking fibroblast-mediated effects on cancer cell invasion, migration, and cancer stem cell populations. Importantly, non-cytotoxic doses were established for delivery of agelastatin alkaloids to breast cancer microenvironments in order to study their activity in blocking the induced OPN transcription in fibroblasts that can modulate these cancer cell behaviors. Based on the exciting recognition of the potent activity of AgE (5) and AgA (1) in this context, the synthesis of a variety of C5- and N1-substituted agelastatin derivatives were prepared, culminating in the AgE and AgA derivative series 7 and 8, respectively (Table 1). Highlights of the synthetic strategy include: 1) efficient C5-derivatization of AgA (1) using functional nucleophiles based on the conversion of AgA (1) to AgE (5),3 2) selective N1-functional ization using imidazolone synthesis methodology,3 3) diversification of complex agelastatin derivatives and establishment of precedence for access to more complex synthetic derivatives. Furthermore, it is demonstrated that new synthetic derivatives 7d and 7k (100-nM concentration) as well as derivative 8e (94-nM concentration) are statistically equivalent to AgE (5) at 50-nM concentration. The chemistry described here provides a foundation for rapid access to agelastatin derivatives with high potency (50-100 nM) as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis. These findings highlight the outstanding potential for development of potent agelastatin derivatives with functional handles for further chemical derivatization and biological applications.
  • Example 2. Experimental
  • General Methods.
  • All reactions were performed in oven-dried or flame-dried round-bottom flasks. The flasks were fitted with rubber septa, and reactions were conducted under a positive pressure of argon. Cannulae or gas-tight syringes with stainless steel needles were used to transfer air- or moisture-sensitive liquids. Where necessary (so noted) solutions were deoxygenated by argon purging for a minimum of 10 min. Flash column chromatography was performed as described by Still et al.19 using granular silica gel (60-Å pore size, 40-63 μm, 4-6% H2O content). Analytical thin layer chromatography (TLC) was performed using glass plates pre-coated with 0.25 mm 230-400 mesh silica gel impregnated with a fluorescent indicator (254 nm). Thin layer chromatography plates were visualized by exposure to short wave ultraviolet light (254 nm) and irreversibly stained by treatment with an aqueous solution of ceric ammonium molybdate (CAM) or an aqueous solution of potassium permanganate (KMnO4) or an alcoholic solution of ninhydrin, followed by heating (˜1 min) on a hot plate (˜250° C.). Organic solutions were concentrated at 29-30° C. on rotary evaporators capable of achieving a minimum pressure of ˜2 Torr, then at ˜0.5 Torr (vacuum pump) unless otherwise indicated. Proton (1H) and carbon (13C) nuclear magnetic resonance spectra were recorded with 600 MHz, 500 MHz and 400 MHz spectrometers. Proton nuclear magnetic resonance (1H NMR) spectra are reported in parts per million on the 6 scale and are referenced from the residual protium in the NMR solvent [CDCl3: δ 7.26 (CDCl3), CD3OD: δ 3.31 (CD2HOD), DMSO-d6: δ 2.50 (DMSO-d5)]. Data are reported as follows: chemical shift [multiplicity (s=singlet, d=doublet, t=triplet, q=quartet, m=multiplet), coupling constant(s) in Hertz, integration]. Carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance (13C NMR) spectra are recorded in parts per million on the δ scale and are referenced from the carbon signals of the solvent (CDCl3: δ 77.16, CD3OD: δ 49.15, DMSO-d6: δ 39 52). Data are reported as follows: chemical shift. Infrared data (IR) were obtained with a FTIR and are reported as follows: [frequency of absorption (cm−1), intensity of absorption (s=strong, m=medium, w=weak, br=broad)]. High-resolution mass spectrometric data (HRMS) were recorded on a FT-ICR-MS spectrometer using electrospray ionization (ESI) source or direct analysis in real time (DART) ionization source.
  • General Procedure for Synthesis of AgE Derivatives 7a-7f.
  • Methanesulfonic acid (10 equiv) was added slowly to a solution of (−)-agelastatin A (1 equiv) and nucleophile in acetonitrile or dichloromethane. Upon consumption of starting material as shown by thin layer chromatography, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate or dichloromethane as indicated (10 mL). Reactions conducted over molecular sieves were filtered through a plug of cotton and further diluted with the indicated solvent (10 mL). The crude organic mixture was washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (2×15 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (1×10 mL). The combined aqueous layers were extracted with organic solvent (2×10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, were filtered, and were concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel to afford agelastatin derivatives 7a-7f.
  • Alkyne Derivative 7a was synthesized according to the general procedure for synthesis of AgE derivatives using 3-butyn-1-ol (0.5 mL) and acetonitrile (2.5 mL) over 4 Å molecular sieves (30 mg). After 17.5 h, the crude residue after work-up using ethyl acetate was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 10% acetone in dichloromethane, then 5%→10% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford alkyne 7a (10.0 mg, 87%0) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.92 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (dt, J=12.1, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.07 (m, 2H), 3.53-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.31 (m, 1H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.73-2.65 (m, 1H), 2.47 (ddt, J=6.8, 4.3, 2.4 Hz, 2H), 2.32 (t, J=2.7 Hz, 1H), 2.23-2.14 (m, 1H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, (CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.8, 161.1, 124.2, 116.2, 114.0, 107.5, 99.9, 82.0, 71.0, 62.8, 62.3, 61.8, 53.8, 39.2, 24.9, 20.5. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 2930 (w), 1667 (s), 1551 (w), 1425 (m), 1098 (w), 747 (w) HRMS (ESI) (m/z): calc'd for C16H18BrN4O3, [M+H]+: 393.0557, found: 393.0552. TLC (10% methanol in dichloromethane), Rf: 0.69 (UV, CAM).
  • Alkene Derivative 7b was synthesized according to the general procedure for synthesis of AgE derivatives using 3-buten-1-ol (0.5 mL) and acetonitrile (2.5 mL) over 4 Å molecular sieves (30 mg). After 18 h, the crude residue after work-up using ethyl acetate was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 10% acetone in dichloromethane, then 5%→10% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford alkene 7b (8.1 mg, 68%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.91 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 5.84 (td, J=15.4, 14.5, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 5.17-5.00 (m, 2H), 4.61 (dt, J=12.2, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.42 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.66 (dd, J=13.4, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.35 (q, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.16 (t, J=12.8 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.9, 161.1, 136.3, 124.2, 117.5, 116.2, 114.0, 107.5, 99.8, 63.8, 62.3, 61.7, 53.8, 39.3, 35.1, 24.9. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 2926 (w), 1668 (s), 1551 (w), 1425 (m), 1091 (w), 747 (w). HRMS (ESI) (m/z): calc'd for C16H20BrN4O3, [M+H]+: 395.0713, found: 395.0692. TLC (10% methanol in dichloromethane), Rf: 0.43 (UV, CAM).
  • Sulfide Derivative 7c was synthesized according to the general procedure for synthesis of AgE derivatives using 3-mercaptopropiophenone15 (99.7 mg, 6.00×102 μmol, 20.5 equiv) in acetonitrile (3.0 mL) over 4 Å molecular sieves (20 mg). After 1 h, the crude residue after work-up using ethyl acetate was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 0%→10% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford sulfide 7c (13.6 mg, 93%) as a white solid 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 8.04-7.94 (m, 2H), 7.61 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J=8.3, 7.0 Hz, 2H), 6.91 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.32 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.78 (dt, J=11.8, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (s, 1H), 4.19 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.91 (dd, J=12.5, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.81-2.67 (m, 2H), 1.95 (dd, J=13.5, 11.7 Hz, 1H), 13C NMR (101 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 199.7, 161.6, 161.0, 138.0, 134.7, 130.0, 129.3, 124.3, 116.3, 114.1, 107.5, 77.9, 67.5, 63.4, 54.8, 41.0, 38.8, 25.2, 24.1. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 2920 (w), 2361 (w), 1667 (s), 1551 (w), 1423 (m), 1195 (w). HRMS (ESI) (m/z): calc'd for C21H22BrN4O3S, [M+H]+: 489.0591, found: 489.0595. TLC (5% methanol in dichloromethane), Rf: 0.46 (UV, CAM).
  • 4-Methylene Carbamate Derivative 7d was synthesized according to the general procedure for synthesis of AgE derivatives using 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl (4-hydroxybutyl)carbamate20 (1.40×102 mg, 6.00×102 μmol, 20.5 equiv) in acetonitrile (3.0 mL) over 4 Å molecular sieves (25 mg). After 3 h, the crude residue after work-up using ethyl acetate was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 20%→30% acetone in dichloromethane, then 5%→10% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford 4-methylene carbamate 7d (10.5 mg, 63%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.89 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.31 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (dt, J=12.1, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.05 (m, 4H) 3.36 (dt, J=9.0, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (dt, J=9.1, 5.8 Hz, 1H), 3.08 (td, J=6.8, 4.3 Hz, 2H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.68-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.20-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.49 (m, 4H), 0.99-0.92 (m, 2H), 0.02 (s, 9H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.9, 161.1, 159.5, 124.2, 116.2, 114.0, 107.5, 99.9, 63.9, 63.7, 62.3, 61.7, 53.8, 41.4, 39.4, 27.9, 27.8, 24.9, 18.8, −1.3. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 2949 (w), 1669 (s), 1489 (w), 1423 (m), 1249 (m), 1106 (w), 835 (m), 747 (m). HRMS (ESI) (m/z): calc'd for C22H35BrN5O5Si, [M+H]+: 556.1585, found: 556.1567. TLC (10% methanol in dichloromethane), Rf: 0.59 (UV, CAM).
  • 3-Methylene Azide Derivative 7e was synthesized according to the general procedure for synthesis of AgE derivatives using 3-azidopropan-1-ol16 (415 mg, 4.10 mmol, 20.0 equiv) in dichloromethane (13 mL). The reaction mixture became homogeneous upon addition of methanesulfonic acid. After 14 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and quenched with aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.5 N, 20 mL) before general work-up procedure. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 20% acetone in dichloromethane, then 5%→109, methanol in dichloromethane) to afford 3-methylene azide 7e (64.4 mg, 74%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6, 23° C.): δ 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 6.74 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.35 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (dt, J=12.0, 5.9 Hz 1H), 4.02 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 3.41 (td, J=6.6, 2.6 Hz, 2H), 3.28 (dt, J=9.3, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.24-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.56-2.51 (m, 1H), 1.99 (t, J=12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.79 (p, J=6.5 Hz, 2H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6, 23° C.): δ 158.7, 157.6, 123.6, 113.5, 112.0, 104.7, 97.5, 60.1, 59.5, 59.3, 51.9, 47.8, 37.7, 28.3, 23.9. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 2928 (w), 2097 (w), 1666 (s), 1549 (w), 1423 (m), 1348 (w), 1107 (w), 746 (m). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C15H19BrN7O3, [M+H]+: 424.0727, found: 424.0717. TLC (10% methanol in dichloromethane), Rf: 0.53 (UV, CAM).
  • 4-Methylene Azide Derivative 7f was synthesized according to the general procedure for synthesis of AgE derivatives using 4-azidobutan-1-ol16 (276 mg, 2.40 mmol, 20.0 equiv) in dichloromethane (8.0 mL). The reaction mixture became homogeneous upon addition of methanesulfonic acid. After 26 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and quenched with aqueous sodium hydroxide (0.5 N, 20 mL) before general work-up procedure. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 20% acetone in dichloromethane, then 5%→10% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford 4-methylene azide 7f (39.8 mg, 76%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6, 23° C.): δ 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 6.35 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (dt, J=11.9, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 3.37-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.64 (s, 3H), 2.58-2.51 (m, 1H), 1.98 (t, J=12.5 Hz, 1H), 1.58 (s, 4H). 13C NMR (126 MHz. DMSO-d6, 23° C.): δ 158.7, 157.6, 123.6, 113.5, 112.0, 104.7, 97.5, 61.6, 60.1, 59.4, 51.9, 50.5, 37.8, 26.3, 25.4, 24.0. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 2925 (w), 2097 (w), 1668 (s), 1549 (w), 1424 (m), 1107 (w), 745 (w). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C16H21BrN7O3, [M+H]+: 438.0884, found: 438.0875. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.43 (UV, CAM).
  • General Procedure for Staudinger Reduction.
  • Triphenylphosphine (2.40 equiv) was added to a suspension of azide derivative (1 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran-water (9:1, 0.1 M). Upon consumption of starting material as shown by thin layer chromatography, reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane and concentrated under reduced pressure. Crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 0→10% methanol in dichloromethane, then 18% methanol and 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform) to afford amines 7g-7h.
  • 3-Methylene Amine Derivative 7g was synthesized according to the general procedure for Staudinger reduction of azide derivatives using 3-methylene azide 7e (26.5 mg, 62.5 μmol, 1 equiv). After 3.5 days, the crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel to afford amine 7g (21.9 mg, 88%) as a white solid 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.91 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (dt, J=12.0, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.16-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.50-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.27 (m, 1H), 2.79 (s, 3H) 2.74 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 2.71-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.16 (t, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (p, J=6.5 Hz, 2H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.9, 161.1, 124.2, 116.2, 114.0, 107.5, 99.9, 62.2 (2C), 61.7, 53.8, 39.9, 39.4, 33.3, 24.9. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 2925 (w), 2359 (w), 1695 (m), 1652 (s), 1550 (m), 1424 (m), 1096 (w), 745 (w). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C16H21BrN5O3, [M+H]+: 398.0822, found: 398.0823. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.07 (UV, CAM, ninhydrin).
  • 4-Methylene Amine Derivative 7h was synthesized according to the general procedure for Staudinger reduction of azide derivatives using 4-methylene azide 7f (29.0 mg, 66.2 μmol, 1 equiv). After 3 days, the crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel to afford 4-methylene amine 7h (26.6 mg, 97%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.91 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (dt, J=12.1, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.38 (dt, J=9.1, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 3.26 (dt, J=9.1, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.71-2.63 (m, 3H), 2.15 (t, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 1.69-1.50 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.8, 161.1, 124.2, 116.2, 114.0, 107.5, 99.8, 63.9, 62.2, 61.7, 53.8, 42.3, 39.4, 30.3, 28.1, 24.9. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 2926 (w), 2359 (w), 1652 (s), 1550 (m), 1423 (s), 1303 (w), 1096 (m), 745 (m). HRMS (ESI) (m/z): calc'd for C16H23BrN5O3, [M+H]+: 412.0979, found: 412.0994. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.08 (UV, CAM, ninhydrin).
  • 3-Methylene Carbamate Derivative 7i.
  • A solution of 4-nitrophenyl 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbonate21 (5.8 mg, 21 μmol, 1.2 equiv) in dichloromethane (20 μL) was added to a solution of 3-methylene amine 7g (6.8 mg, 17 μmol, 1 equiv), triethylamine (3.6 μL, 26 μmol, 1.5 equiv), and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.4 mg, 3 μmol, 0.2 equiv) in dichloromethane (170 μL). After 26 h. reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (1 mL) and purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 20% acetone in dichloromethane, then 0→18% methanol and 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform) to afford 3-methylene carbamate 7i (8.7 mg, 94%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.92 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (dt, J=12.1, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.10 (m, 3H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.43-3.34 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.11 (m, 3H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.71-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.17 (t, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 1.77 (p, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 1.03-0.93 (m, 2H), 0.05 (s, 9H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.8, 161.1, 159.5, 124.2, 116.2, 114.0, 107.5, 99.9, 64.0, 62.2, 61.6 (2C), 53.8, 39.4, 39.0, 31.0, 24.9, 18.8, −1.3. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 2950 (w), 1698 (s), 1661 (s), 1552 (w), 1424 (m), 1250 (w), 838 (w). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C21H33BrN5O5Si, [M+H]+: 542.1429, found: 542.1429. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.63 (UV, CAM).
  • General Procedure for Acylation of Amines Acylating reagent (2.0 equiv) was added to a solution of amine derivative (1 equiv) and triethylamine (2.0 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (400 μL). Upon complete conversion of starting material as shown by thin layer chromatography, reaction was diluted with dichloromethane (3 mL) and quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (3 mL). Layers were separated and aqueous was extracted with dichloromethane (3×5 mL). Combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. Crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 0→7% methanol in dichloromethane, then 9% methanol and 1% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform→18% methanol and 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform) to afford amides 7j-7k.
  • Acetamide Derivative 7j was synthesized according to the general procedure for acylation of amine derivatives using acetic anhydride and amine 7h (6.8 mg, 17 μmol, 1 equiv) with 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.4 mg, 3 μmol, 0.2 equiv) additive. After 2.5 hours, the crude residue after work-up was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel to afford acetamide 7j (5.5 mg, 73%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.91 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (dt, J=12.1, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.10 (s, 1H), 3.42-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.12 (m, 3H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.70-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.15 (t, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.66-1.53 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 173.4, 161.9, 161.1, 124.2, 116.2, 114.0, 107.5, 99.9, 63.7, 62.2, 61.7, 53.8, 40.2, 39.4, 27.9, 27.4, 24.9, 22.7. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 2929 (w), 2359 (w), 1652 (s), 1550 (m), 1423 (m), 1373 (w), 1096 (w), 747 (w). HRMS (ESI) (m/z): calc'd for C18H25BrN5O4, [M+H]+: 454.1084, found: 454.1082. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.34 (UV, CAM).
  • Benzamide Derivative 7k was synthesized according to the general procedure for acylation of amine derivatives using benzoyl chloride and amine 7h (7.1 mg, 17 μmol, 1 equiv). After 3.5 hours, the crude residue after work-up was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel to afford benzamide 7k (7.7 mg, 87%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 7.85-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.4-7.40 (m, 2H), 6.91 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (dt, J=12.0, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (s, 1H), 4.12 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 1H), 3.47-3.32 (m, 4H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.70-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.16 (t, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 1.77-1.65 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 170.5, 161.9, 161.1, 135.9, 132.7, 129.7, 128.4, 124.2, 116.2, 114.0, 107.5, 99.9, 63.7, 62.3, 61.7, 53.8, 40.8, 39.4, 28.0, 27.5, 24.9 FTIR. (thin film) cm−1: 2933 (w), 2359 (w), 1700 (s), 1652 (s), 1550 (m), 1424 (m), 1096 (w), 712 (w). HRMS (ESI) (m/z): calc'd for C23H27BrN5O4, [M+H]+: 516.1241, found: 516.1225 TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.50 (UV, CAM).
  • Urea Intermediate 16.
  • 1,1′-Carbonyldiimidazole (362 mg, 2.23 mmol, 1.10 equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (37.3 mg, 305 μmol, 0.150 equiv) were added sequentially to a solution of 1-(tricyclohexylstannyl)-methanamine (15) (theoretical: 808 mg, 2.03 mmol, 1 equiv)22 in dichloromethane (34 mL). After 45 min, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 30→75% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford urea intermediate 16 (847 mg, 85% over two steps) as a white crystalline solid. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3, 23° C.): δ 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.31 (s, 1H), 7.07 (s, 1H), 6.32 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.18-3.04 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.81 (m, 6H), 1.72-1.50 (m, 18H), 1.37-1.19 (m, 9H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CDCl3, 23° C.): δ 149.2, 135.7, 129.9, 116.3, 32.4, 29.3, 27.6, 27.2, 23.7. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3223 (w), 3036 (w), 2913 (s), 2843 (m), 1710 (s), 1288 (m), 1075 (m), 842 (m). HRMS (ESI) (m/z): calc'd for C23H40N3OSn, [M+H]+: 494.2188, found: 494.2223. TLC (509% ethyl acetate in hexanes), Rf: 0.27 (UV, CAM).
  • General Procedure for the Synthesis of Substituted Ureas.
  • Amine (1.00 equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (0.150 equiv) were added to a solution of urea intermediate 16 (1 equiv) in dichloromethane (0.2 M). The reaction flask was sealed with a Teflon wrapped glass stopper and heated to 40° C. Upon consumption of the starting materials as determined by thin layer chromatography, the reaction mixture was cooled to 23° C. and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel to afford substituted ureas 13a-13c.
  • 4-Methylene Alcohol Urea 13a was prepared according to the general procedure for synthesis of substituted ureas using 4-aminobutanol (156 μL, 1.69 mmol, 1.00 equiv). After 24 h, the crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 30→100% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford 4-methylene alcohol urea 13a (790 mg, 91%) as a white solid 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3, 23° C.): δ 4.66 (s, 1H), 4.23 (t, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.69 (q, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.26 (q, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.85-2.64 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.77 (m, 6H), 1.72-1.46 (m, 20H), 1.38-1.21 (m, 9H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3, 23° C.): δ 160.2, 62 3, 40.3, 32.4, 29 7, 29.2, 27.2, 27.1, 26.9, 22.1. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3307 (m), 2911 (s), 2841 (m), 1616 (m), 1569 (s), 1443 (m), 990 (m). HRMS (ESI) (m/z): calc'd for C24H46N2NaO2Sn [M+Na]+: 537.2473, found: 537.2488. TLC (75% ethyl acetate in hexanes), Rf: 0.28 (UV, CAM).
  • 6-Methylene Alcohol Urea 13b was prepared according to the general procedure for synthesis of substituted ureas using 6-aminohexanol (357 mg, 3.05 mmol, 1.00 equiv). After 25 h, The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 40→80% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford 6-methylene alcohol urea 13b (1.56 g, 95%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3, 23° C.): δ 4.97 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (s, 1H), 3.56 (q, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.12 (q, J=6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.96 (d, J=5.1 Hz, 1H), 2.78-2.68 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.75 (m, 6H), 1.66-1.44 (m, 22H), 1.38-1.16 (m, 13H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3, 23° C.): δ 160.0, 62.6, 40.5, 32.7, 32.4, 30.5, 29.3, 27.2, 26.9, 26.6, 25.4, 22.2. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3336 (w), 2915 (s), 2845 (s), 1729 (w), 1585 (m), 1444 (m), 991 (m). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C26H51BrN2O2Sn, [M+H]+: 543.2967, found: 543.2966 TLC (75% ethyl acetate in hexanes), Rf: 0.57 (UV, CAM).
  • Triethyleneglycol Urea 13c was prepared according to the general procedure for synthesis of substituted ureas using 2-(2-(2-aminoethoxy)ethoxy)ethan-1-ol23 (455 mg, 3.05 mmol, 1.00 equiv). After 24 h, the crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 40→100% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford triethyleneglycol urea 13c (1.47 g, 84%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, 23° C.): δ 5.13 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (s, 1H), 3.81-3.75 (m, 2H), 3.73-3.59 (m, 8H), 3.43 (q, J=5.3 Hz, 2H), 2.88-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.72 (t, J=6.1 Hz, 1H), 1.96-1.81 (m, 6H), 1.73-1.54 (m, 18H), 1.42-1.21 (m, 9H) 13C NMR (126 MHz, CDCl3, 23° C.): δ 159.9, 72.6, 70 9, 70.5 (2C), 61.9, 40.5, 32.4, 29.3, 27.2, 26.9, 22.2. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3339 (w), 2914 (s), 2845 (s), 1729 (w), 1553 (m), 1445 (m), 1070 (s), 991 (m). HRMS (ESI) (m/z): calc'd for C26H50N2NaO4Sn, [M+Na]+: 597.2685, found: 597.2714. TLC (75% ethyl acetate in hexanes), Rf: 0.18 (UV, CAM).
  • 4-Methylene Alcohol Pre-Agelastatin 11a was prepared according to the published procedure for synthesis of pre-agelastatins3a using urea 13a (659 mg, 1.28 mmol, 3.00 equiv). The crude residue adsorbed onto silica gel was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 9% methanol and 1% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform→18% methanol and 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform) to afford 4-methylene alcohol pre-agelastatin 11a (94 mg, 53% over two steps) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.91 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 4.77 (s, 1H), 4.55 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 3.68-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.55 (m, 2H), 3.52-3.46 (m, 1H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 2.93 (dd, J=15.5, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.78 (dd, J=15.5, 7.9 Hz, 1H), 1.71-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.51 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.1, 155.9, 124.5, 119.7, 116.1, 113.5, 108.8, 108.7, 84.7, 62.5, 58.2, 55.2, 41.9, 30.8, 29.5, 27.5. δ FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3207 (br-m), 2932 (w), 2871 (w), 1652 (s), 1550 (m), 1418 (m), 1076 (s). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C16H22BrN4O4, [M+H]+: 413.0819, found: 413.0816. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.31 (UV, CAM).
  • 6-Methylene Alcohol Pre-Agelastatin 11 b was prepared according to the published procedure for synthesis of pre-agelastatins3a using urea 13b (975 mg, 1.80 mmol, 3.00 equiv). The crude residue adsorbed onto silica gel was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 6% methanol and 0.6% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform→14% methanol and 1.6% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform) to afford 6-methylene alcohol pre-agelastatin 11b (178 mg, 67% over two steps) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.91 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.28 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.76 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (ddd, J=7.7, 6.5, 1.3 Hz, 1H), 3.63-3.51 (m, 3H), 3.44-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 2.92 (dd, J=15.4, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.77 (ddd, J=15.4, 7.9, 0.9 Hz, H), 1.65-1.49 (m, 4H), 1.42-1.30 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.1, 155.9, 124.5, 119.8, 116.1, 113.6, 108.7 (2C), 84.7, 62.9, 58.3, 55.2, 42.0, 33.6, 30.9, 29.6, 27.7, 26.7. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3212 (br-m), 2931 (m), 2857 (w), 1658 (s), 1551 (w), 1419 (m), 1084 (m). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C18H26BrN4O4, [M+H]+: 441.1132, found: 441.1132. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.56 (UV, CAM).
  • Triethyleneglycol Pre-Agelastatin 11c was prepared according to the published procedure for synthesis of pre-agelastatins3a using urea 13c (1.29 g, 2.25 mmol, 3.00 equiv). The crude residue adsorbed onto silica gel was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 9% methanol and 1% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform→18% methanol and 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform) to afford triethyleneglycol pre-agelastatin 11c (218 mg, 61% over two steps) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.91 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.27 (d, J=4.0 Hz, H), 5.97 (s, 1H), 4.76 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (td, J=7.4, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 3.70-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.61 (m, 4H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 4H), 3.54-3.47 (m, 2H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 2.99 (dd, J=15.5, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=15.5, 7.8 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.2, 155.9, 124.5, 120.9, 116.0, 113.4, 108.8, 108.2, 84.7, 73.8, 71.8, 71.5, 70.6, 62 3, 57.9, 55.2, 42 7, 29.7. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3226 (br-m), 2921 (m), 2870 (m), 1652 (s), 1419 (m), 1086 (m). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C18H26BrN4O6, [M+H]+: 473.1030, found: 473.1021. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform). Rf: 0.47 (UV. CAM).
  • 4-Methylene Alcohol Derivative 8a and Pentacyclic Derivative 14 were prepared according to the published procedure for synthesis of (−)-agelastatin A3a using 4-methylene alcohol pre-agelastatin 11a (26.0 mg, 63.0 μmol, 1 equiv). The crude residue adsorbed onto silica gel was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (chloroform→18% methanol and 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform) to afford 4-methylene alcohol derivative 8a (0.8 mg, 3%) as an off-white solid along with the pentacyclic derivative 14 (2.6 mg, 11%) as an off-white solid. 4-Methylene Alcohol Derivative 8a: 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.91 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (dt, J=12.0, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s, 1H), 3.61 (td, J=6.6, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 3.30-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.65 (dd, J=13.1, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.17 (t, J=12.7 Hz, 1H), 1.84-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.62 (p, J=6.8 Hz, 2H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.9, 161.2, 124.3, 116.2, 113.9, 107.4, 96.1, 67.7, 62.8, 62.4, 54.5, 41.3, 40.3, 31.4, 28.0. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3276 (br-s), 2933 (w), 1653 (s), 1552 (w), 1424 (m), 1375 (w). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C15H20BrN4O4, [M+H]+: 399.0662, found: 399.0655. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.19 (U V, CAM).
  • Pentacyclic Derivative 14:
  • 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.91 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (dt, J=12.0, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (s, 1H), 3.87 (d, J=12.9 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (d, J=14.4 Hz, 1H), 3.41-3.32 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.89 (m, 1H), 2.50 (dd, J=13.1, 6.7 Hz, 1H), 2.14 (t, J=12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.77-1.59 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.9, 161.2, 124.3, 116.3, 114.0, 107.5, 100.7, 66.2, 64.8, 62.0, 54.2, 41.9, 41.2, 31.3, 27.4. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3247 (br-m), 2940 (m), 1696 (s), 1659 (s), 1552 (m), 1422 (s), 1091 (m). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C15H18BrN4O3, [M+H]+: 381.0557, found: 381.0552. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.59 (UV, CAM).
  • 6-Methylene Alcohol Derivative 8b was prepared according to the published procedure for synthesis of (−)-agelastatin A3a using 6-methylene alcohol pre-agelastatin 11 b (1.00×102 mg, 227 μmol, 1 equiv). The crude residue adsorbed onto silica gel was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (6% methanol and 0.6% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform→18% methanol and 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform) to afford 6-methylene alcohol derivative 8b (35 mg, 36%) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.91 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (dt, J=12.0, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.85 (s, 1H), 3.56 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.23 (dq, J=14.5, 8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.63 (dd, J=13.0, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.17 (t, J=12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.84-1.67 (nm, 2H), 1.56 (dd, J=8.8, 5.2 Hz, 2H), 1.47-1.39 (m, 4H). 13C NMR (101 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.9, 161.2, 124.3, 116.2, 114.0, 107.3, 96.1, 67.7, 63.0, 62.4, 54.5, 41.4, 40.4, 33.8, 31.5, 28.3, 26.9. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3254 (br-s), 2929 (m), 2856 (m), 1652 (s), 1551 (m), 1422 (s), 1027 (w). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C17H24BrN4O4, [M+H]+: 427.0975, found: 427.0970. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.27 (UV, CAM).
  • Triethyleneglycol Derivative Sc was prepared according to the published procedure for synthesis of (−)-agelastatin A3a using triethylene glycol pre-agelastatin 11c (1.80×102 mg, 3.80×102 μmol, 1 equiv). The crude residue adsorbed onto silica gel was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (6% methanol and 0.6% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform→18% methanol and 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform) to afford triethyleneglycol derivative 8c (52 mg, 30%) as an off-white solid. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.92 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.68-4.59 (m, 1H), 4.09 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 1H), 3.73-3.62 (m, 9H), 3.55 (h, J=7.3, 6.5 Hz, 2H), 3.42-3.33 (m, 1H), 2.79 (dd, J=12.9, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.19-2.09 (m, 1H) 13C NMR (126 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 161.7, 161.2, 124.3, 116.2, 113 9, 107.4, 95.9, 73 8, 71.6, 71.5, 70 6, 67.8, 62.3, 62 2, 54.6, 41.5, 40.1. FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3264 (br-s), 2921 (w), 1645 (s), 1551 (m), 1093 (m), 1024 (m). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C17H24BrN4O6, [M+H]+: 459.0874, found: 459.0895. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.35 (UV, CAM).
  • General Procedure for the Synthesis of Azide Derivatives.
  • Alcohol derivative (1 equiv) and triphenylphosphine were dissolved in tetrahydrofuran. After 5 min, diisopropylazodicarboxylate and diphenylphosphorylazide were added sequentially. Upon consumption of the alcohol derivative by thin layer chromatography, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography to afford azide derivatives 8d-e.
  • 6-Methylene Azide Derivative 8d was synthesized from 6-methylene alcohol derivative 8b according to the general procedure for the synthesis of azide derivatives using triphenylphosphine (12.6 mg, 48.0 μmol, 2.00 equiv), diisopropylazodicarboxylate (9.4 μL, 48 μmol, 2.0 equiv), and diphenylphosphorylazide (10.6 μL, 48.0 μmol, 2.00 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (350 μL). After 21 h, the crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (chloroform→18% methanol and 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform) to afford 6-methylene azide derivative 8d (4.2 mg, 38%) as a white solid along with recovered 6-methylene alcohol derivative 8b (3.5 mg, 34%). Reaction yield was 72% based on recovered starting material. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.91 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (dt, J=12.1, 5.9 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s, 1H), 3.28-3.16 (m, 2H), 2.63 (dd, J=13.1, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 2.17 (t, J=12.6 Hz, 1H), 1.83-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.37 (m, 6H), 1.32-1.22 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): 161.9, 161.2, 124.3, 116.2, 114.0, 107.2, 96.1, 67.7, 62.4, 54.5, 52.5, 41.4, 40.3, 31.4, 30.0, 27.9, 27.8. δ FTIR (thin film) cm−1: 3222 (br-m), 2930 (m), 2856 (s), 2095 (s), 1669 (s), 1118 (m). HRMS (DART) (m/z) calc'd for C17H23BrN7O3, [M+H]+: 452.1040, found: 452.1058 TLC (9% methanol, 10/% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.28 (UV, CAM).
  • Triethyleneglycol Bis-Azide Derivative Se was synthesized from triethyleneglycol derivative 8c according to the general procedure for the synthesis of azide derivatives using triphenylphosphine (36.0 mg, 137 μmol, 10.0 equiv), diisopropylazodicarboxylate (27.0 μL, 137 jμmol, 10.0 equiv), and diphenylphosphorylazide (31.0 μL, 137 μmol, 10.0 equiv) in tetrahydrofuran (274 μL). After 6 h, the crude residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel (chloroform→18% methanol and 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform) to afford triethyleneglycol bis-azide derivative 8e (3.7 mg, 54%) as a white solid. 1H NMR. (500 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): δ 6.93 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.35 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.79 (dt, J=12.1, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 4.23 (s, 1H), 4.18 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 3.82-3.56 (m, 6H), 3.53 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 2H), 3.33 (dd, J=5.2, 1.8 Hz, 2H), 2.98 (dd, J=13.5, 6.5 Hz, 1H), 2.13-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.35-1.26 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, CD3OD, 23° C.): S 161.3, 161.0, 124.2, 116.4, 114.1, 107.7, 88.5, 71.7 (2C), 71.3, 70.4, 66.1, 62.1, 54.6, 51.9, 41.5, 39.9. FTIR (thin film) cm−1. 3255 (br-w), 2920 (m), 2852 (w), 2105 (s), 1700 (m), 1662 (s), 1424 (m), 1102 (br-m). HRMS (DART) (m/z): calc'd for C17H21BrN7O4, [M−N]+: 466.0833, found: 466.0922 TOF MS (ESI) (m/z): calc'd for C17H21BrN10NaO4, [M+Na]+: 531.0823, found: 531.12. TLC (18% methanol, 2% ammonium hydroxide in chloroform), Rf: 0.50 (UV, CAM).
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00091
  • Procedure for the Synthesis of Triazole 17 from Azide 7e.
  • Azide 7e (10.6 mg, 25.0 μmol, 1 equiv) and 4-ethynylanisole (3.3 μL, 25.0 μmol, 1.0 equiv) were suspended in t-BuOH (75 μL) and H2O (75 μL). A freshly prepared solution of sodium ascorbate (1.0 M in H2O, 2.5 μL, 0.1 equiv) was added, followed by a freshly prepared solution of copper (II) sulfate pentahydrate (0.3 M in H2O, 0.8 μL, 0.01 equiv). The reaction mixture was sealed under an atmosphere of argon and stirred vigorously. After 25 h, thin layer chromatography indicated full consumption of starting material. The reaction solution was diluted with dichloromethane (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 5→10% methanol in dichloromethane with 2% toluene) to afford 1,2,3-triazole 17 (13.9 mg, 100%) as a white solid. Spectral data is shown in FIGS. 16 and 17. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CD3OD, 25° C.): δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.72 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.92 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 6.34 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H), 4.64-4.50 (m, 3H), 4.12 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (s, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.41-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.30 (m, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.67 (dd, J=13.3, 6.4 Hz, 1H), 2.25 (p, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.17 (t, J=12.8 Hz, 1H). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3, 25° C.): δ 159.9, 159.3, 129.2, 128.4, 127.1, 125.4, 123.1, 115.4, 114.5, 113.0, 106.1, 98.9, 60.9, 60.2, 59.3, 55.5, 52.6, 47.0, 38.7, 30.2, 29.8, 24.8. TLC (7% methanol in dichloromethane with 2% toluene). Rf: 0.28 (UV, CAM).
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00092
  • Procedure for the Synthesis of Triazole 19 from Azide 7e.
  • Azide 7e (10.6 mg, 25.0 μmol, 1 equiv) and compound 18 (11.4 mg, 25.0 μmol, 1.0 equiv) were suspended in t-BuOH (125 μL) and H2O (125 μL). Sodium ascorbate (2.5 mg, 12.5 μmol, 0.5 equiv) was added, followed by copper (II) sulfate pentahydrate (0.3 mg, 1.25 μmol, 0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture was sealed under an atmosphere of argon and stirred vigorously. After 32 h. thin layer chromatography indicated full consumption of starting material. The reaction solution was diluted with dichloromethane (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 0→10% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford 1,2,3-triazole 19 (18.7 mg, 85%) as a white solid. Spectral data is shown in FIGS. 18 and 19. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD, 25° C.): δ 7.86 (s, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 6.32 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.63-4.59 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.38 (m, 2H), 4.24-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.15 (t, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 1.94-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.38 (m, 6H), 1.28-1.24 (m, 2H), 19F NMR (376 MHz, CD3OD, 25° C.): δ −134.7 (m, 2F), −140.0 (m, 2F), −140.4 (m, 2F), −153.2 (m, 1F), −163.7 (m, 2F). TLC (8% methanol in dichloromethane), Rf: 0.08 (UV, CAM).
  • Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00093
  • Procedure for the Synthesis of Triazole 20 from Azide 8d.
  • Azide 8d (2.0 mg, 4.4 μmol, 1 equiv) and compound 18 (2.0 mg, 4.4 μmol, 1.0 equiv) were suspended in t-BuOH (40 μL) and H2O (40 μL). Sodium ascorbate (0.44 mg, 2.2 μmol, 0.50 equiv) was added, followed by copper (II) sulfate pentahydrate (0.05 mg, 0.2 μmol, 0.05 equiv). The reaction mixture was sealed under an atmosphere of argon and stirred vigorously. After 16.5 h, thin layer chromatography indicated full consumption of starting material. The reaction solution was diluted with dichloromethane (2 mL) and methanol (2 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was purified flash column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: 0→10% methanol in dichloromethane) to afford 1,2,3-triazole 20 (18.7 mg, 85%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CD3OD, 25° C.): δ 7.86 (s, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=4.2 Hz, 1H), 6.32 (d, J=4.3 Hz, 1H), 4.63-4.59 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.38 (m, 2H), 4.24-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.04 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.15 (t, J=12.2 Hz, 1H), 1.94-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.38 (m, 6H), 1.28-1.24 (m, 2H). 19F NMR (376 MHz, CD3OD, 25° C.): δ −134.7 (m, 2F), −140.0 (m, 2F), −140.4 (m, 2F), −153.2 (m, 1F), −163.7 (m, 2F). TLC (8% methanol in dichloromethane), Rf: 0.08 (UV, CAM).
  • Cell Culture Methods.
  • All RMF cell lines were grown in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% bovine calf serum. The human breast cancer line, SUM1315, was grown in Ham's F12 nutrient mixture with 5% fetal bovine serum, 10 ng/mL epidermal growth factor (EGF), and 5 μg/mL insulin. All culture media contained 100 Units/mL penicillin and 100 μg/mL, streptomycin and 0.1% fungizone. The parental RMF cell line expressing green fluorescent protein (GFP) and the human breast cancer cell line SUM1315 were kind gifts from Dr. Charlotte Kuperwasser, Tufts University.24 Derivation of the stable fibroblast sub-lines shTiam-RMF and C-RMF has been described previously.12
  • Quantitative Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) for OPN (FIGS. 3 and 8).
  • Total RNA synthesis was carried out using the acid guanidinium thiocyanate-phenol-chloroform extraction method25 per manufacturer protocol. First strand cDNA synthesis was performed using a version of Moloney murine leukemia virus reverse transcriptase per manufacturer protocol. Some mammary fibroblasts were treated with 48 hours of 10 nM vitamin D and AgA, AgE, or agelastatin derivative as indicated prior to assay. Quantitative PCR was performed in triplicate reactions in 20-μl volumes containing cDNA with cyanine dye and DNA polymerase master mix, using the following primer sets: glyceraldehyde 3-phosphate dehydrogenase (GAPDH), 5′-CTGCACCACCAACTGCTTAG-3′ (sense), 5′-TTCAGCTCAGGGATGACCTT-3′ (antisense); OPN, 5′-GCCATACCAGTTAAACAGGC-3′ (sense), 5′-GACCTCAGAAGATGCACTAT-3′ (antisense). Real-time PCR parameters: 95° C. for 10 min; 95° C. for 30 s, 60° C. for 60 s, 72° C. for 60s for 40 cycles. Data analysis was done using a continuous fluorescence detector. The comparative threshold cycle (2−ΔΔCT) value26 was calculated following GAPDH normalization. Results indicate mean+/−SD and represent a composite of at least duplicate experiments, each with triplicate conditions.
  • Spheroid Co-Culture Methods (FIG. 4).
  • Three-dimensional co-cultures with SUM1315 cells and fibroblast lines were established in phenol-red free basement membrane matrix from the Engelbreth-Holm-Swarm mouse sarcoma (medium mixture as previously described)9 Cultures had equal volumes of DMSO, AgA, or AgE incorporated into the matrix and culture medium at the indicated concentrations. Stock solutions (1 mM) were stored in DMSO at −20° C. and diluted in culture medium to indicated final concentrations.
  • Number of projections per spheroid was quantified using an Eclipse TS100 inverted tissue culture microscope and depicted as number of spheroids with indicated number of projections as percent of total spheroids. At least 100 spheroids were counted for each experimental condition. Results are representative of duplicate experiments. Cells were isolated from 3D co-cultures and cancer cells were separated from fibroblasts as described previously. Flow cytometry was used to demonstrate purity of cells isolated post-co-culture to greater than 99% cancer cells using GFP markers to identify RMFs.
  • Transwell Migration Assays (FIG. 5).
  • Transwell migration of SUM1315 after isolation from mixed cell spheroid co-cultures with indicated mammary fibroblasts, with or without indicated agelastatin compound. Cultured cells were deprived of serum overnight, trypsinized, and plated at a density of 1×105/mL. (2×(104 cells/basket) in the upper basket of transwell chambers with a filter pore size of 8 μm. Cells were allowed to migrate for 5 h at 37° C. toward lower chambers containing either DMEM alone or supplemented with 25% filter-sterilized conditioned medium harvested from NIH3T3 cells. Non-migrated cells were then removed from the upper side of the filter using a cotton swab. Filters were fixed and stained with a three-step hematology stain protocol comparable to the Wright-Giemsa method. Filters were cut out and mounted on glass slides under coverslips using microscope immersion oil. Migrated cells were counted in nine random fields for each replicate of biologic triplicates using an Eclipse TS100 microscope and 20× objective. Results are representative of duplicate experiments.
  • Tumorsphere Assays (FIG. 6).
  • The SUM1315 breast cancer cells isolated from 3D co-cultures with indicated mammary fibroblasts and indicated concentrations of AgA or AgE were trypsinized and cell clumps were broken up by gentle pipetting several times. After low-speed centrifugation (1200 rpm), cell pellets were re-suspended in corresponding culture medium, and passed through a 40-μm filter to obtain single cell suspensions. Five thousand cells in 4 mL culture medium were plated per well in ultra-low attachment 6-well plates. Tumorspheres were quantitated within 10 to 14 days in culture and sphere images were obtained on an Eclipse TS100 inverted microscope. Results are representative of duplicate experiments, each with biologic triplicates.
  • Flow Cytometry Assays (FIG. 7).
  • Populations of SUM1315 breast cancer cells were quantified by flow cytometry for expression of indicated cell surface markers using fluorophore-conjugated antibodies after isolation from 3D co-cultures with indicated fibroblasts. Aliquots of 0.5×106 cells in 100 μL of fluorescence-activated cell sorting buffer (phosphate-buffered saline with 2% bovine serum albumin) were stained with epithelial cell adhesion molecule epithelial specific antigen (ESA) fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) [clone VU-ID9, 1:10]. CD24-phycoerythrin (PE) [clone ML5, 1:400], and CD44-allophycocyanin (APC) [clone G44-26, 1:50] antibodies in the dark at room temperature for 30 min. At the end of incubation, 900□μL of fluorescence-activated cell sorting buffer was added to the cell/antibody mixture, and cells were then analyzed using an advanced digital processing analyzer. To set background gating, other cell aliquots were stained with isotype control antibodies conjugated with corresponding fluorophore (APC mouse immunoglobulin G (IgG) subclass 2b kappa (κ); PE mouse IgG2a κ; FITC mouse IgG) so that the nonspecific CD44+/CD24/ESA+ staining represented less than 0.5% of the cell population. Cells were first gated using APC and PE to identify the CD44+/CD24 population, followed by secondary gating on FITC to identify the CD44+/CD24/ESA+ cells. Results are representative of duplicate experiments, each with biologic triplicates.
  • Effects of Agelastatin Derivatives (FIG. 8).
  • Quantitative RT-PCR for OPN mRNA relative to GAPDH control from mammary fibroblasts treated with 48 hours of vitamin D, and AgA, AgE, or agelastatin derivatives as indicated. Results indicate mean+/−SD and represent a composite of at least duplicate experiments, each with triplicate conditions. Detailed experimental methods are described above for FIG. 3.
  • EQUIVALENTS
  • While the present invention has been described in conjunction with the specific embodiments set forth above, many alternatives, modifications and other variations thereof will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. All such alternatives, modifications and variations are intended to fall within the spirit and scope of the present invention.
  • REFERENCES
  • The following publications are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties for all purposes:
    • 1. (a) D' Ambrosio, M.; Guerriero, A.; Debitus, C.; Ribes, O.; Pusset, J.; Leroy, S.; Pietra, F. J. Chem. Soc., Chem. Commun. 1993, 1305-1306. (b) D' Ambrosio. M.; Guerriero, A.; Chiasera, G.; Pietra. F. Helv. Chim. Acta 1994, 77, 1895-1902. (c) D' Ambrosio, M.; Guerriero, A.; Ripamonti, M.; Debitus, C.; Waikedre, J.; Pietra, F. Helv Chim. Acta 1996, 79, 727-735. (d) Pettit, G. R; Ducki, S.; Herald, D. L.; Doubek, D. L.; Schmidt, J. M.; Chapuis, J.-C. Oncol. Res. 2005, 15, 11-20. (e) Hong, T. W.; Jímenez, D. R.; Molinski, T. F. J. Nat. Prod. 1998, 61, 158-161. (f) Tilvi, S.; Moriou, C.; Martin, M.-T.; Gallard, J.-F.; Sorres, J.; Patel, K.; Petek, S.; Debitus, C.; Ermolenko, L.; Al-Mourabit, A. J. Nat. Prod. 2010, 73, 720-723.
    • 2. (a) Meijer, L.; Thunnissen, A.; White, A. W.; Garnier, M.; Nikolic, M.; Tsai, L.; Walter, J.; Cleverley, K. E.; Salinas, P. C.; Wu, Y.; Biernat, J.; Mandelkow, E.; Kim, S.; Pettit, G. R. Chem. Biol. 2000, 7, 51-63. (b) Hale, K. J.; Domostoj, M. M; El-Tanani, M.; Campbell, F. C.; Mason, C. K. In Strategies and Tactics in Organic Synthesis; Harmata, M., Ed.; Elsevier Academic Press: London, 2005; Vol. 6, Chapter 11, pp 352-394. (c) Mason, C. K.; McFarlane, S.; Johnston, P. G.; Crowe, P.; Erwin, P. J.; Domostoj, M. M; Campbell, F. C.; Manaviazar, S.; Hale, K. J.; El-Tanani, M. Mol. Cancer Ther. 2008, 7, 548-558. (d) Li, Z.; Kamon, T.; Personett, D. A.; Caulfield, T.; Copland, J. A.; Yoshimitsu, T.; Tun, H. W. Med. Chem. Commun. 2012, 3, 233-237. (e) Li, Z.; Shigeoka, D.; Caulfield, T. R; Kawachi, T.; Qiu, Y.; Kamon, T.; Arai, M.; Tun, H. W.; Yoshimitsu, T. Med. Chem. Commun. 2013, 4, 1093-1098.
    • 3. (a) Movassaghi, M.; Siegel, D. S.; Han, S. Chem. Sci. 2010, 1, 561-566. (b) Han, S.; Siegel, D. S.; Morrison, K. C.; Hergenrother, P. J.; Movassaghi, M. J. Org. Chem. 2013, 78, 11970. (c) Movassaghi, M; Hergenrother, P. J. Compounds, Compositions and Methods of Agelastatin Alkaloids. U.S. Pat. No. 9,434,736, Sep. 6, 2016.
    • 4. For a review on total synthesis of agelastatin alkaloids, see: (a) Dong, G. Pure Appl. Chem. 2010, 82, 2231-2246. For the total synthesis of agelastatin alkaloids, see: (b) Stien, D.; Anderson, G. T.; Chase, C. E.; Koh, Y.; Weinreb, S. M. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1999, 121, 9574-9579. (c) Feldman, K. S.; Saunders, J. C. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2002, 124, 9060-9061. (d) Feldman, K. S.; Saunders, J. C.; Wrobleski, M. L. J. Org. Chem. 2002, 67, 7096-7109. (e) Domostoj, M. M.; Irving, E.; Scheinmann, F.; Hale, K. J. Org. Lett. 2004, 6, 2615-2618. (f) Davis, F. A.; Deng, J. Org. Lett. 2005, 7, 621-623. (g) Trost, B. M; Dong, G. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2006, 128, 6054-6055. (h) Ichikawa, Y.; Yamaoka, T.; Nakano, K.; Kotsuki, H. Org. Lett. 2007, 9, 2989-2992. (i) Yoshimitsu, T.; Ino, T.; Tanaka, T. Org. Lett. 2008, 10, 5457-5460. (j) Dickson, P. D.; Wardrop, D. J. Org. Lett. 2009, 11, 1341-1344. (k) Hama, N.; Matsuda, T.; Sato, T.; Chida, N. Org. Lett. 2009, 11, 2687-2690. (1) Wehn, P. M.; Du Bois, J. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2009, 48, 3802-3805. (m) Davis, F. A.; Zhang, Y.; Qiu, H. Synth. Commun. 2009, 39, 1914-1919. (n) Trost, B. M.; Dong, G. Chem. Eur. J. 2009, 15, 6910-6919.
    • 5. For the formal total synthesis of agelastatin alkaloids, see: (a) Hale, K. J.; Domostoj, M. M.; Tocher, D. A.; Irving, E.; Scheinmann, F. Org. Lett. 2003, 5, 2927-2930. (b) Yoshimitsu, T.; Ino, T.; Futamura, N.; Kamon, T.; Tanaka, T. Org. Lett. 2009, 11, 3402-3405. (c) Menjo, Y.; Hamajima, A.; Sasaki, N.; Hamada, Y. Org. Lett. 2011, 13, 5744-5747. (d) Kano, T.; Sakamoto, R.; Akakura, M.; Maruoka, K. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2012, 134, 7516-7520. (e) Shigeoka, D.; Kamon T.; Yoshimitsu, T. Beilstein J. Org. Chem. 2013, 9, 860-865. For synthetic studies towards agelastatin alkaloids, see: (f) Anderson, G. T.; Chase, C. E.; Koh, Y.; Stien, D.; Weinreb, S. M. J. Org. Chem. 1998, 63, 7594-7595. (g) Baron, E.; O'Brien, P.; Towers, T. D. Tetrahedron Lett. 2002, 43, 723-726. (h) Porter, M. J.; White, N. J.; Howells, G. E.; Laffan, D. D. P. Tetrahedron Lett. 2004, 45, 6541-6543.
    • 6. (a) Reyes, J. C. P.; Romo, D. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2012, 51, 6870-6873. (b) Yamaoka, T.; Ichikawa, Y.; Kotsuki, H. J. Syn. Org. Chem. Jpn 2012, 70, 615-628. (c) Duspara, P. A.; Batey, R A. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2013, 52, 10862-10866.
    • 7. (a) Stout, P. E.; Choi, M. Y.; Castro, J. E.; Molinski, T. F. J. Med. Chem. 2014, 57, 5085-5093. (b) Jouanneau, M.; McClary, B.; Reyes, J. C. P.; Chen, R.; Chen, Y.; Plunkett, W.; Cheng, X.; Milinichik, A. Z.; Albone, E. F.; Liu, J. O.; Romo, D. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2016, 26, 2092-2097.
    • 8. Han, S.; Siegel, D. S.; Movassaghi, M. Tetrahedron Lett. 2012, 53, 3722-3723
    • 9. Xu, K.; Buchsbaum, R. J. J. Vis. Exp. 2012, 62, e3760.
    • 10. Xu, K.; Tian, X.; Oh, S. Y.; Movassaghi, M.; Naber, S. P.; Kuperwasser, C.; Buchsbaum, R. J. Breast Cancer Res. 2016, 18, 14.
    • 11. Liu, J.; Xu, K.; Chase, M; Ji, Y.; Logan, J. K.; Buchsbaum, R. J. J. Cell Sci. 2012, 125, 376-386.
    • 12. Xu, K.; Rajagopal, S.; Klebba, I.; Dong, S.; Ji, Y.; Liu, J.; Kuperwasser, C.; Garlick, J. A.; Naber, S. P.; Buchsbaum, R. J. Oncogene 2010, 29, 6533-6542.
    • 13. Mice developed hunched posture, decreased mobility, fur ruffling, and lack of weight gain, leading to termination of experiment per established animal protocol guidelines.
    • 14. In preliminary experiments testing effects on cell proliferation, it was confirmed that none of the natural agelastatin alkaloids induced cytotoxicity over a range of concentrations up to at least 250 nM.
    • 15. Coste, A.; Kim, J.; Adams, T. C.; Movassaghi, M. Chem. Sci. 2013, 4, 3191-3197.
    • 16. Mantovani, G.; Ladmiral, V.; Tao, L.; Haddleton, D. M. Chem. Commun. 2005, 2089-2091.
    • 17. For discussion of the use of 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole in urea synthesis, see: Duspara, P. A.; Islam, Md. S.; Lough, A. J.; Batey, R. A. J. Org. Chem. 2012, 77, 10362-10368 and references therein.
    • 18. For a review on synthetic methodologies for unsymmetrical ureas, see: Gallou, I. Org. Prep. Proc. Int. 2007, 39, 355-383.
    • 19. Still, W. C.; Kahn, M; Mitra, A. J. Org. Chem. 1978, 43, 2923-2925.
    • 20. Kromann, H.; Krikstolaiyte, S.; Andersen, A. J.; Andersen, K.; Krogsgaard-Larsen, P.; Jaroszewski, J. W.; Egebjerg, J.; Strømgaard, K. J. Med. Chem. 2002, 45, 5745-5754.
    • 21. Okoth, R.; Basu, A. Beilstein J. Org. Chem. 2013, 9, 608-612.
    • 22. Synthesized from tricyclohexyltin chloride and diiodomethane according to the protocol described in reference 3a. Due to high sensitivity of (tricyclohexylstannyl)methanamine to purification procedures, it is used crude immediately after work-up.
    • 23. Moreau, J.; Marchand-Brynaert, J. Eur. J. Org. Chem. 2011, 9, 1641-1644.
    • 24. Fillmore, C. M.; Kuperwasser, C. Breast Cancer Res. 2008, 10, R25.
    • 25. Chomczynski, P.; Sacchi, N. Anal. Biochem. 1987, 162, 156-159.
    • 26. Schmittgen, T. D.; Livak, K. J. Nature Protocols 2008, 3, 1101-1108.
    • 27. Antropow, A. H.; Xu, K.; Buchsbaum, R. J.; Movassaghi, M. J. Org. Chem. 2017, 82, 7720.

Claims (49)

1. A compound of Formula (I):
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00094
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein:
X is —O—, —S—, or —N(R6)—;
R1 is H, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, or C2-8 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more R4;
or alternatively, X and combine to form —N3,
R2 is C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, or C2-8 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more R5, wherein up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced;
or alternatively, R1 and R2 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a C5-10 heterocycloalkyl, C5-10 heterocycloalkenyl, or C5-10 heterocycloalkynyl ring, optionally substituted with one or more R4;
R3a, R3b, and R3c are each independently H or halogen;
R4 is halogen, —C1-5 alkyl, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2, —NH(C═O)R6, —NH(C═O)OR6, —NH(C═O)N(R6)2, —(C═O)R6, heteroaryl,
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00095
and two adjacent R4 groups may take the form
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00096
wherein the C═C double bond of the triazole is part of R1;
R5 is halogen, oxo, —OH, —OR6, —N3, —N(R6)2,
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00097
and two adjacent R5 groups may take the form
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00098
wherein the C═C double bond of the triazole is part of R2; and
R6 is independently H, —C1-5 alkyl, —C2-5 alkenyl, —C1-5 alkynyl, —C1-5 alkyl-SiMe3, aryl, or heteroaryl;
R7 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted heteroaliphatic, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted acyl, resin, protein, reporter molecule, and label molecule;
wherein, R7 is optionally joined to the core by a linker L, wherein the linker L is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted alkylene, optionally substituted alkenylene, optionally substituted alkynylene, optionally substituted heteroalkylene, optionally substituted heteroalkenylene, optionally substituted heteroalkynylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, and optionally substituted acylene;
with the proviso that the compound is not agelastatin A, agelastatin B, agelastatin E,
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00099
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00100
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00101
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00102
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is a compound of Formula (Ia):
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00103
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is a compound of Formula (Ib):
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00104
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof.
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein the compound is a compound of Formula (Ic):
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00105
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is a compound of Formula (Id):
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00106
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof.
6. The compound of claim 5, wherein the compound is a compound of Formula (Ie):
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00107
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof.
7. The compound of any of claims 1, 2, 5, or 6, wherein R2 is C1-10 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more R5, wherein up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an —O—, —S—, or —NR6—, provided that no adjacent —CH2— is replaced.
8. The compound of claim 7, wherein up to 3 —CH2— units of R2 are optionally replaced by an O.
9. The compound of any of claims 1, 2, 5, or 6, wherein R2 is methyl.
10. The compound of any of claims 1-4, 7, or 8, wherein R1 is C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, or C2-8 alkynyl, optionally substituted with one or more R4, or alternatively, X and R1 are combined to form —N3.
11. The compound of any of claims 1-4 or 7-10, wherein X is —O— or —S—.
12. The compound of claim 11, wherein X is —O.
13. The compound of any of claims 1-12, wherein R3a is Br or Cl, R3b is H, and R3c is H.
14. The compound of any of claims 1, 3, 5, or 7-12, wherein R3a is Br, R3b is H, and R3c is H.
15. The compound of any of claims 1-12, wherein R3a is Br or Cl, R3b is Br or Cl, and R3c is H.
16. The compound of any of claims 1-12, wherein R3a is Br, R3b is Br, and R3c is H.
17. The compound of claim 1, selected from:
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00108
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00109
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00110
18. The compound of claim 1, selected from:
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00111
wherein R2 is H or Me.
19. The compound of claim 18, wherein the compound is:
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00112
20. The compound of claim 1, selected from:
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00113
21. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is:
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00114
22. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any of claims 1-21 and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
23. A method for the treatment, prevention, or delay of cancer, comprising administering a therapeutically effect amount of a compound of any of claims 1-22, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof to a subject in need thereof.
24. The method of any of claim 23, wherein the cancer is breast cancer, lung cancer, colorectal cancer, stomach cancer, ovarian cancer, papillary thyroid carcinoma, melanoma, prostate cancer, esophageal cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, renal cancer, head and neck cancers, salivary gland cancer, endometrial cancer, cervical cancer, pancreatic cancer, sarcoma, glioblastoma and glioma, or pleural mesothelioma.
25. The method of any of claim 24, wherein the cancer is breast cancer.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein the breast cancer is selected from the group consisting of ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS), invasive ductal carcinoma (IDC), tubular carcinoma, medullary carcinoma, mucinous carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, cribriform carcinoma, invasive lobular carcinoma (ILC), inflammatory breast cancer, lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS), luminal A, luminal B, triple-negative/basal-like, and HER2-enriched, normal-like breast cancer.
27. The method of any of claims 23-26, wherein the cancer is recurrent cancer at the primary site, metastatic cancer, or recurrent metastatic cancer.
28. The method of claim 25 or 26, wherein the breast cancer is metastatic breast cancer or recurrent metastatic breast cancer.
29. The method of any of claims 23-28, wherein the cancer is prevented or delayed.
30. The method of any of claims 23-29, wherein the administering is before surgery and/or radiotherapy and/or systemic medical therapy.
31. The method of any of claims 23-29, wherein the administering is after surgery and/or radiotherapy and/or systemic medical therapy.
32. The method of any of claims 23-29, wherein the administering is concurrent with systemic medical therapy.
33. The method of any of claims 30-32, wherein systemic medical therapy includes chemotherapies, hormonal therapies, targeted biologic therapies, and/or immunotherapies.
34. The method of any of claims 23-33, wherein treatment results in inhibition of induced transcription of osteopontin (OPN) in fibroblasts, inflammatory cells, and immune cells of the tumor microenvironment.
35. The method of claim 34, wherein the fibroblasts are mammary fibroblasts.
36. The method of any of claims 23-35, wherein the cancer is characterized by a tumor microenvironment exhibiting down regulation of fibroblast Tiam1 and upregulation of fibroblast OPN.
37. The method of any of claims 23-35, wherein the cancer is characterized by a tumor microenvironment exhibiting upregulation of fibroblast OPN.
38. The method of any of claims 34-37, wherein the inhibition occurs at or below the cytotoxic range determined for the cancer cells being treated.
39. The method of any of claims 34-37, wherein the transcription is of splice variants of OPN.
40. The method of claim 39, wherein the spice variants are osteopontin-a, osteopontin-b, or osteopontin-c.
41. The method of any of claim 38, wherein the inhibition results in interference with cancer cell adhesion, cancer cell invasion, and cancer stem cell populations.
42. The method of claim 23, further comprising coadministration to the subject one of the following:
an antitumor agent selected from the group consisting of paclitaxel, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, cyclophosphamide, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, thiotepa, busulfan, improsulfan, piposulfan, benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, uredopa, altretamine, triethylenemelamine, triethylenephosphoramide, triethilenethiophosphoramide, trimethylolomelamine, bullatacin, bullatacinone, camptothecin, bryostatin, callystatin, cryptophycin 1, cryptophycin 8, dolastatin, duocarmycin, eleutherobin, pancratistatin, sarcodictyin, spongistatin, chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard, carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, ranimustine, calicheamicin, dynemicin, clodronate, esperamicin, aclacinomycin, actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycin, cactinomycin, carabicin, carminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycin, dactinomycin, detorbicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, ADRIAMYCIN, epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycin C, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycin, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin, denopterin, pteropterin, trimetrexate, fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine, ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine, androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone, aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane, frolinic acid, aceglatone, aldophosphamide glycoside, aminolevulinic acid, eniluracil, amsacrine, bestrabucil, bisantrene, edatraxate, defofamine, demecolcine, diaziquone, elfornithine, elliptinium acetate, epothilone, etoglucid, lentinan, lonidamine, maytansine, ansamitocine, mitoguazone, mitoxantrone, mopidanmol, nitraerine, pentostatin, phenamet, pirarubicin, losoxantrone, podophyllinic acid, 2-ethylhydrazide, procarbazine, razoxane, rhizoxin, schizophyllan, spirogermanium, tenuazonic acid, triaziquone, roridine A, anguidine, urethane, vindesine, dacarbazine, mannomustine, mitobronitol, mitolactol, pipobroman, gacytosine, docetaxel, chlorambucil, gemcitabine, 6-thioguanine, mercaptopurine, cisplatin, oxaliplatin, carboplatin, vinblastine, etoposide, ifosfamide, mitoxantrone, vincristine, vinorelbine, novantrone, teniposide, edatrexate, daunomycin, aminopterin, xeloda, ibandronate, irinotecan, topoisomerase inhibitor, difluoromethylornithine (DMFO), retinoic acid, capecitabine, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof;
an anti-metabolite agent selected from the group consisting of, 5-fluorouracil, 5-fluorouracil prodrugs (e.g., capecitabine), 5-fluorodeoxyuridine monophosphate, cytarabine, 5-azacytidine, gemcitabine, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, azathioprine, adenosine, pentostatin, erythrohydroxynonyladenine, cladribine and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof,
an anti-estrogen agent selected from the group consisting of selective estrogen receptor modulators, pure receptor antagonists, aromatase inhibitors, and anti-gonadotropins and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof; wherein
the selective estrogen receptor modulator (SERM) is selected from the group consisting of anordrin, bazedoxifene, broparestrol, clomifene, cyclofenil, lasofoxifene, ormeloxifene, ospemifene, raloxifene, tamoxifen citrate, toremifene citrate, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof;
the pure receptor antagonist is selected from the group consisting of fulvestrant, brilanestrant, elacestrant, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof;
the aromatase inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of anastrozole, letrozole, vorozole, exemestane, formestane and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof;
the anti-gonadotropin is selected from the group consisting of triptorelin, leuprolide acetate, and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof;
a tyrosine kinase inhibitor selected from the group consisting of trastuzumab, pertuzumab, imatinib, gefitinib, erlotinib, sunitinib, adavosertib, lapatinib and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof; and
an immune checkpoint inhibitor selected from the group consisting of ipilimumab, pembrolizumab, nivolumab, avelumab, durvalunab, atezolizumab and pharmacologically acceptable salts or derivatives thereof.
43. A method of making a compound of claim 1, comprising addition of a nucleophile to an iminium intermediate of Formula (II):
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00115
44. The method of claim 43, wherein the nucleophile is R1—XH and X is —O—, —S—, or —N(R4)—.
45. A method of making a compound of claim 1, comprising acid-promoted cyclization of a compound of Formula (III) to afford a compound of Formula (Id):
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00116
46. The method of claim 47, wherein the acid is methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, and nitric acid.
47. A method of making compound (III) of claim 45, comprising copper-mediated coupling between a compound of Formula (IV) and a compound of Formula (V):
Figure US20210053977A9-20210225-C00117
wherein R8 is alkyl or cycloalkyl.
48. The method of claim 47, wherein the copper-mediated coupling is carried out with copper (I)-thiophene-2-carboxylate (CuTC) or copper(I) diphenylphosphinate (CuDPP).
49. The method of claim 47, further comprising treatment with an acid.
US16/612,468 2017-05-11 2018-05-11 Potent agelastatin derivatives as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis Active 2039-08-26 US11932650B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/612,468 US11932650B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2018-05-11 Potent agelastatin derivatives as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201762504877P 2017-05-11 2017-05-11
US16/612,468 US11932650B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2018-05-11 Potent agelastatin derivatives as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis
PCT/US2018/032327 WO2018209239A1 (en) 2017-05-11 2018-05-11 Potent agelastatin derivatives as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20200062771A1 US20200062771A1 (en) 2020-02-27
US20210053977A9 true US20210053977A9 (en) 2021-02-25
US11932650B2 US11932650B2 (en) 2024-03-19

Family

ID=64105051

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/612,468 Active 2039-08-26 US11932650B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2018-05-11 Potent agelastatin derivatives as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (1) US11932650B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2018209239A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9353150B2 (en) 2012-12-04 2016-05-31 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Substituted pyrazino[1′,2′:1 ,5]pyrrolo[2,3-b]-indole-1,4-diones for cancer treatment
WO2020247054A1 (en) 2019-06-05 2020-12-10 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Compounds, conjugates, and compositions of epipolythiodiketopiperazines and polythiodiketopiperazines and uses thereof
JP2024518543A (en) * 2021-05-11 2024-05-01 ベイラー ユニバーシティ Agelastatin A Derivatives and Related Methods

Family Cites Families (240)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4197311A (en) 1978-09-15 1980-04-08 American Cyanamid Company Cyanomethyl trithiocarbonate compounds useful as ovicidal agents
ES8504461A1 (en) 1982-04-12 1985-04-16 Hybritech Inc Antibodies having dual specificities, their preparation and uses therefor.
GB8308235D0 (en) 1983-03-25 1983-05-05 Celltech Ltd Polypeptides
US4906562A (en) 1984-12-21 1990-03-06 Oncogen Monocolonal antibodies and antigen for human non-small cell lung carcinomas
US4935495A (en) 1984-12-21 1990-06-19 Oncogen Monoclonal antibodies to the L6 glycolipid antigenic determinant found on human non-small cell lung carcinomas
CA1282069C (en) 1985-09-12 1991-03-26 Damon L. Meyer Antibody complexes of hapten-modified diagnostic or therapeutic agents
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US4946778A (en) 1987-09-21 1990-08-07 Genex Corporation Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
IL84285A (en) 1986-10-27 1993-03-15 Int Genetic Engineering Chimeric antibody with specificity to human tumor antigen
US4996237A (en) 1987-01-06 1991-02-26 Arizona Board Of Regents Combretastatin A-4
CA1338645C (en) 1987-01-06 1996-10-15 George R. Pettit Isolation, structural elucidation and synthesis of novel antineoplastic substances denominated "combretastatins"
US5242824A (en) 1988-12-22 1993-09-07 Oncogen Monoclonal antibody to human carcinomas
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US4940726A (en) 1989-04-26 1990-07-10 Arizona Board Of Regents Cell growth inhibitory macrocyclic lactones denominated Combretastatin D-1 and Combretastatin D-2
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
ES2108048T3 (en) 1990-08-29 1997-12-16 Genpharm Int PRODUCTION AND USE OF LOWER TRANSGENIC ANIMALS CAPABLE OF PRODUCING HETEROLOGICAL ANTIBODIES.
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
GB9106177D0 (en) 1991-03-22 1991-05-08 Aston Molecules Ltd Substituted diphenylethylenes and analogues or derivatives thereof
WO1994004679A1 (en) 1991-06-14 1994-03-03 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
JP4124480B2 (en) 1991-06-14 2008-07-23 ジェネンテック・インコーポレーテッド Immunoglobulin variants
WO1993006217A1 (en) 1991-09-19 1993-04-01 Genentech, Inc. EXPRESSION IN E. COLI OF ANTIBODY FRAGMENTS HAVING AT LEAST A CYSTEINE PRESENT AS A FREE THIOL, USE FOR THE PRODUCTION OF BIFUNCTIONAL F(ab')2 ANTIBODIES
CA2076465C (en) 1992-03-25 2002-11-26 Ravi V. J. Chari Cell binding agent conjugates of analogues and derivatives of cc-1065
US5430062A (en) 1992-05-21 1995-07-04 Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. Stilbene derivatives as anticancer agents
US5329028A (en) 1992-08-05 1994-07-12 Genentech, Inc. Carbohydrate-directed cross-linking reagents
US5338845A (en) 1992-12-02 1994-08-16 Sterling Winthrop Inc. Aspergillus species, cyclic dimeric dipeptide derivative substance P antagonist biosynthetic products thereof, and process for preparation thereof
CA2119261C (en) 1992-12-23 2006-01-31 Michael A. Poss Novel sidechain-bearing taxanes and intermediates thereof
US5646176A (en) 1992-12-24 1997-07-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Phosphonooxymethyl ethers of taxane derivatives
US6214345B1 (en) 1993-05-14 2001-04-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. Lysosomal enzyme-cleavable antitumor drug conjugates
WO1995001133A1 (en) 1993-06-30 1995-01-12 Baxter International Inc. Vial adapter
US5504074A (en) 1993-08-06 1996-04-02 Children's Medical Center Corporation Estrogenic compounds as anti-angiogenic agents
US5731353A (en) 1993-09-08 1998-03-24 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Stilbene derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
TW325458B (en) 1993-09-08 1998-01-21 Ajinomoto Kk Stilbene derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same for anti-cancer
EP0648503B1 (en) 1993-09-22 2000-07-26 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Pro-prodrugs, their production and use
US5561122A (en) 1994-12-22 1996-10-01 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting On Behalf Of Arizona State University Combretastatin A-4 prodrug
TW334418B (en) 1995-03-07 1998-06-21 Ajinomoto Kk Stilbene derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions
WO1996035451A1 (en) 1995-05-10 1996-11-14 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Novel toxin complex
WO1997018215A1 (en) 1995-11-15 1997-05-22 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Analogues of n-acetylardeemin, method of preparation and uses thereof
US6759509B1 (en) 1996-11-05 2004-07-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Branched peptide linkers
IL131406A0 (en) 1997-02-21 2001-01-28 Genentech Inc Antibody fragment-polymer conjugates and humanized anti-il-8 monoclonal antibodies
US7122636B1 (en) 1997-02-21 2006-10-17 Genentech, Inc. Antibody fragment-polymer conjugates and uses of same
US5886025A (en) 1997-03-06 1999-03-23 Baylor University Anti-mitotic agents which inhibit tubulin polymerization
US6169104B1 (en) 1997-03-26 2001-01-02 Large Scale Biology Corporation Di-aryl ethers and their derivatives as anti-cancer agents
US20020062010A1 (en) 1997-05-02 2002-05-23 Genentech, Inc. Method for making multispecific antibodies having heteromultimeric and common components
GB9714249D0 (en) 1997-07-08 1997-09-10 Angiogene Pharm Ltd Vascular damaging agents
US6605599B1 (en) 1997-07-08 2003-08-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Epothilone derivatives
US6162810A (en) 1997-11-17 2000-12-19 The Regents Of The University Of California Inadone and tetralone compounds for inhibiting cell proliferation
JP2002500184A (en) 1998-01-09 2002-01-08 アリゾナ ボード オブ リーゼンツ Synthesis of fensstatin and its prodrug
DE69942645D1 (en) 1998-01-09 2010-09-16 Body Corporate Of The State Of Synthese von combretastatin a-4 prodrugs
ATE284412T1 (en) 1998-01-09 2004-12-15 Univ Arizona State ANTI-CRYPTOCOCCUS PEPTIDES
US6162930A (en) 1998-03-06 2000-12-19 Baylor University Anti-mitotic agents which inhibit tubulin polymerization
US6271220B1 (en) 1998-03-11 2001-08-07 Allergan Sales, Inc. Anti-angiogenic agents
WO1999048495A1 (en) 1998-03-25 1999-09-30 Biosource Technologies, Inc. Benzoates derivatives for inhibiting angiogenesis
US6433012B1 (en) 1998-03-25 2002-08-13 Large Scale Biology Corp. Method for inhibiting inflammatory disease
DE19814838C2 (en) 1998-04-02 2001-01-18 Asta Medica Ag Indolyl-3-glyoxylic acid derivatives with anti-tumor effects
EP1068870B1 (en) 1998-04-03 2006-06-07 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Antitumor agents
EP1091978A2 (en) 1998-06-29 2001-04-18 Parker Hughes Institute Synthetic spiroketal pyranes as potent anti-cancer agents
US6335364B1 (en) 1998-06-29 2002-01-01 Parker Hughes Institute Synthetic spiroketal pyranes as potent anti-cancer agents
US6258841B1 (en) 1998-06-29 2001-07-10 Parker Hughes Institute Tubulin binding compounds (COBRA)
US5985837A (en) 1998-07-08 1999-11-16 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Dolastatin 15 derivatives
AU5227999A (en) 1998-07-27 2000-02-21 Abbott Laboratories Substituted oxazolines as antiproliferative agents
AU6228299A (en) 1998-10-29 2000-05-22 Teikoku Hormone Mfg. Co., Ltd. 2-substituted-d-homooxasteroid derivatives
US6358957B1 (en) 1998-11-12 2002-03-19 Nereus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phenylahistin and the phenylahistin analogs, a new class of anti-tumor compounds
US6433187B1 (en) 1998-12-17 2002-08-13 Tularik Inc. Certain polycyclic compounds useful as tubulin-binding agents
GB9900334D0 (en) 1999-01-07 1999-02-24 Angiogene Pharm Ltd Tricylic vascular damaging agents
GB9900752D0 (en) 1999-01-15 1999-03-03 Angiogene Pharm Ltd Benzimidazole vascular damaging agents
GB9903403D0 (en) 1999-02-16 1999-04-07 Angiogene Pharm Ltd Substituted stilbene compounds with vascular damaging activity
AU771089B2 (en) 1999-02-22 2004-03-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company C-21 modified epothilones
JP2002544242A (en) 1999-05-14 2002-12-24 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Enzyme-activated antitumor prodrug compounds
US6268488B1 (en) 1999-05-25 2001-07-31 Barbas, Iii Carlos F. Prodrug activation using catalytic antibodies
CO5170498A1 (en) 1999-05-28 2002-06-27 Abbott Lab BIARIL SULFONAMIDS ARE USEFUL AS CELL PROLIFERATION INHIBITORS
US6201001B1 (en) 1999-08-02 2001-03-13 Abbott Laboratories Imidazole antiproliferative agents
GB9918912D0 (en) 1999-08-12 1999-10-13 Angiogene Pharm Ltd New stilbenes with vascular damaging activity
JP4187441B2 (en) 1999-09-17 2008-11-26 ベイラー・ユニバーシテイ Indole-containing and combretastatin-related antimitotic and antitubulin polymerization drugs
TWI269654B (en) 1999-09-28 2007-01-01 Baxter Healthcare Sa N-substituted indole-3-glyoxylamide compounds having anti-tumor action
EP2266607A3 (en) 1999-10-01 2011-04-20 Immunogen, Inc. Immunoconjugates for treating cancer
AU1199701A (en) 1999-10-26 2001-05-08 Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services, The B-homoestra-1,3,5(10)-trienes as modulators of tubulin polymerization
EP1226177B1 (en) 1999-10-29 2008-07-09 Genentech, Inc. Anti-prostate stem cell antigen (psca) antibody compositions and methods of use
US6495356B1 (en) 1999-11-30 2002-12-17 The Regents Of The University Of California Beryllofluoride analogues of acyl phosphate polypeptides
WO2001068654A2 (en) 2000-03-10 2001-09-20 Baylor University Tubulin binding ligands and corresponding prodrug constructs
US7097840B2 (en) 2000-03-16 2006-08-29 Genentech, Inc. Methods of treatment using anti-ErbB antibody-maytansinoid conjugates
WO2001081288A1 (en) 2000-04-27 2001-11-01 Arizona Board Of Regents, A Body Corporate Of The State Of Arizona, Acting For And On Behalf Of Arizona State University Hydroxyphenstatin and the prodrugs thereof
US7078552B2 (en) 2000-04-27 2006-07-18 Arizona Board Of Regents Combretastatin A-1 phosphate and combretastatin B-1 phosphate prodrugs
EP1276720B1 (en) 2000-04-28 2006-12-20 Baxter Healthcare S.A. 2-acyl indol derivatives and their use as anti-tumour agents
DE60107234T2 (en) 2000-05-09 2005-10-27 Arizona Board of Regents, acting for and on behalf of Arizona State University, Tempe ANTITUBULIN ASSOCIATION AND CELL GROWTH INHIBITOR "DIOXOSTATIN"
CN1431999A (en) 2000-05-31 2003-07-23 阿斯特拉曾尼卡有限公司 Indole derivatives with vascular damagine activity
CA2411545A1 (en) 2000-06-14 2002-01-03 Medarex, Inc. Tripeptide prodrug compounds
JP2004510702A (en) 2000-06-14 2004-04-08 メダレックス,インコーポレイティド Prodrug compounds having isoleucine
MXPA02012903A (en) 2000-07-07 2004-07-30 Angiogene Pharm Ltd Colchinol derivatives as angiogenesis inhibitors.
CN1255391C (en) 2000-07-07 2006-05-10 安吉奥金尼药品有限公司 COLCHINOL derivatives as vascular damaging agents
US6392055B1 (en) 2000-07-19 2002-05-21 The University Of Pittsburgh Synthesis and biological evaluation of analogs of the antimitotic marine natural product curacin A
CN1252065C (en) 2000-08-09 2006-04-19 阿斯特拉曾尼卡有限公司 Cinnoline compounds
GB0019944D0 (en) 2000-08-15 2000-09-27 Angiogene Pharm Ltd Compositions with vascular damaging activity
US7402556B2 (en) 2000-08-24 2008-07-22 Medarex, Inc. Prodrugs activated by plasmin and their use in cancer chemotherapy
US6670344B2 (en) 2000-09-14 2003-12-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Combretastatin A-4 phosphate prodrug mono- and di-organic amine salts, mono- and di- amino acid salts, and mono- and di-amino acid ester salts
US6323228B1 (en) 2000-09-15 2001-11-27 Abbott Laboratories 3-substituted indole angiogenesis inhibitors
CA2430100A1 (en) 2000-11-27 2002-05-30 Entremed, Inc. Antiangiogenic agents
US20040018194A1 (en) 2000-11-28 2004-01-29 Francisco Joseph A. Recombinant anti-CD30 antibodies and uses thereof
FR2817749A1 (en) 2000-12-13 2002-06-14 Aventis Pharma Sa NEW USE OF CHALCON CLASS COMPOUNDS
AU2002216228A1 (en) 2000-12-21 2002-07-01 Cancer Research Ventures Limited Substituted stilbenes, their reactions and anticancer activity
WO2002096948A2 (en) 2001-01-29 2002-12-05 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Engineered tetravalent antibodies and methods of use
AUPR283801A0 (en) 2001-02-01 2001-03-01 Australian National University, The Chemical compounds and methods
AU2002306500C1 (en) 2001-02-16 2006-09-28 Cellgate, Inc. Transporters comprising spaced arginine moieties
US7271240B2 (en) 2001-03-14 2007-09-18 Agensys, Inc. 125P5C8: a tissue specific protein highly expressed in various cancers
EP1243276A1 (en) 2001-03-23 2002-09-25 Franciscus Marinus Hendrikus De Groot Elongated and multiple spacers containing activatible prodrugs
US6620976B2 (en) 2001-03-27 2003-09-16 Nof Corporation Polyethylene glycol and process for producing the same
US7256257B2 (en) 2001-04-30 2007-08-14 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Pentapeptide compounds and uses related thereto
US6884869B2 (en) 2001-04-30 2005-04-26 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Pentapeptide compounds and uses related thereto
US6441163B1 (en) 2001-05-31 2002-08-27 Immunogen, Inc. Methods for preparation of cytotoxic conjugates of maytansinoids and cell binding agents
US6858580B2 (en) 2001-06-04 2005-02-22 Nobex Corporation Mixtures of drug-oligomer conjugates comprising polyalkylene glycol, uses thereof, and methods of making same
US6835802B2 (en) 2001-06-04 2004-12-28 Nobex Corporation Methods of synthesizing substantially monodispersed mixtures of polymers having polyethylene glycol moieties
CA2450316A1 (en) 2001-06-11 2002-12-19 Medarex, Inc. Cd10-activated prodrug compounds
US20050272120A1 (en) 2001-06-20 2005-12-08 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
US7803915B2 (en) 2001-06-20 2010-09-28 Genentech, Inc. Antibody compositions for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
PL207834B1 (en) 2001-07-10 2011-02-28 Ge Healthcare As Peptide-based compounds
US7494646B2 (en) 2001-09-06 2009-02-24 Agensys, Inc. Antibodies and molecules derived therefrom that bind to STEAP-1 proteins
US7030082B2 (en) 2001-09-07 2006-04-18 Nobex Corporation Pharmaceutical compositions of drug-oligomer conjugates and methods of treating disease therewith
US7091186B2 (en) 2001-09-24 2006-08-15 Seattle Genetics, Inc. p-Amidobenzylethers in drug delivery agents
WO2003026577A2 (en) 2001-09-24 2003-04-03 Seattle Genetics, Inc. P-amidobenzylethers in drug delivery agents
US6919324B2 (en) 2001-10-26 2005-07-19 Oxigene, Inc. Functionalized stilbene derivatives as improved vascular targeting agents
EP1537140B1 (en) 2001-11-07 2013-01-02 Agensys, Inc. Nucleic acid and corresponding protein entitled 161p2f10b useful in treatment and detection of cancer
CA2467242A1 (en) 2001-11-20 2003-05-30 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Treatment of immunological disorders using anti-cd30 antibodies
US6716821B2 (en) 2001-12-21 2004-04-06 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents bearing a reactive polyethylene glycol moiety, cytotoxic conjugates comprising polyethylene glycol linking groups, and methods of making and using the same
EP2357006B1 (en) 2002-07-31 2015-09-16 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Drug conjugates and their use for treating cancer, an autoimmune disease or an infectious disease
US20050180972A1 (en) 2002-07-31 2005-08-18 Wahl Alan F. Anti-CD20 antibody-drug conjugates for the treatment of cancer and immune disorders
CN100522955C (en) 2002-08-02 2009-08-05 伊缪诺金公司 Cytotoxic agents containing novel potent taxanes and their therapeutic use
ATE499116T1 (en) 2002-08-16 2011-03-15 Immunogen Inc HIGH REACTIVITY AND SOLUBILITY CROSS-LINKERS AND THEIR USE IN THE PRODUCTION OF CONJUGATES FOR THE TARGETED DELIVERY OF SMALL MOLECULAR DRUGS
US7384964B2 (en) 2002-08-23 2008-06-10 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Synthesis of epothilones, intermediates thereto, analogues and uses thereof
CA2503125C (en) 2002-10-25 2013-04-30 Hilary Clark Novel composition and methods for the treatment of immune related diseases
AU2003285878B2 (en) 2002-11-07 2011-04-28 Immunogen, Inc. Anti-CD33 antibodies and method for treatment of acute myeloid leukemia using the same
AU2003282624A1 (en) 2002-11-14 2004-06-03 Syntarga B.V. Prodrugs built as multiple self-elimination-release spacers
US7888536B2 (en) 2004-02-13 2011-02-15 Quanta Biodesign, Ltd. Selective and specific preparation of discrete PEG compounds
US8088387B2 (en) 2003-10-10 2012-01-03 Immunogen Inc. Method of targeting specific cell populations using cell-binding agent maytansinoid conjugates linked via a non-cleavable linker, said conjugates, and methods of making said conjugates
US7541442B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-06-02 Agensys, Inc. Antibodies and related molecules that bind to PSCA proteins
WO2004106343A2 (en) * 2003-05-30 2004-12-09 Ufc Limited Agelastatin derivatives of antitumour and gsk-3beta-inhibiting alkaloids
US7595379B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2009-09-29 Agensys, Inc. Antibodies and related molecules that bind to PSCA proteins
WO2005009369A2 (en) 2003-07-21 2005-02-03 Immunogen, Inc. A ca6 antigen-specific cytotoxic conjugate and methods of using the same
BR122018071968B8 (en) 2003-11-06 2021-07-27 Seattle Genetics Inc antibody-drug conjugate, pharmaceutical composition, article of manufacture and use of an antibody-drug conjugate
US7754441B2 (en) 2003-11-17 2010-07-13 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of tumor of hematopoietic origin
EP1718667B1 (en) 2004-02-23 2013-01-09 Genentech, Inc. Heterocyclic self-immolative linkers and conjugates
JP4942643B2 (en) 2004-03-02 2012-05-30 シアトル ジェネティックス, インコーポレイテッド Partially added antibodies and methods for conjugating them
EP1737461B1 (en) 2004-03-15 2012-12-12 PTC Therapeutics, Inc. Carboline derivatives useful in the inhibition of angiogenesis
US7662936B2 (en) 2004-04-07 2010-02-16 Genentech, Inc. Mass spectrometry of antibody conjugates
US7691962B2 (en) 2004-05-19 2010-04-06 Medarex, Inc. Chemical linkers and conjugates thereof
WO2006002895A2 (en) 2004-06-30 2006-01-12 Novartis Ag Conjugates of antibody and duoarmycin derivatives as antitumor agents
NZ580115A (en) 2004-09-23 2010-10-29 Genentech Inc Cysteine engineered antibody light chains and conjugates
EP3505191A1 (en) 2004-11-12 2019-07-03 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Auristatins having an aminobenzoic acid unit at the n terminus
WO2006055578A2 (en) 2004-11-16 2006-05-26 Temple University - Of The Commonwealth Systems Of Higher Education Asymmetric synthesis of (-)-agelastatin a
EP1817341A2 (en) 2004-11-29 2007-08-15 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Engineered antibodies and immunoconjugates
US7087840B2 (en) 2004-12-03 2006-08-08 Hubbell Incorporated Cable management system with patch panel
AU2006213662B2 (en) 2005-02-11 2010-08-05 Immunogen, Inc. Process for preparing stable drug conjugates
US7846893B2 (en) 2005-02-16 2010-12-07 Rutgers, The State University Of New Jersey Drug-polymer conjugates coupled to a peptidic carrier
JP4324636B2 (en) 2005-03-31 2009-09-02 アジェンシス,インコーポレイテッド Antibodies and related molecules that bind to 161P2F10B protein
US7714016B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2010-05-11 Medarex, Inc. Cytotoxic compounds and conjugates with cleavable substrates
US7989595B2 (en) 2005-06-20 2011-08-02 Genentech, Inc. Compositions and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of tumor
WO2007008848A2 (en) 2005-07-07 2007-01-18 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Monomethylvaline compounds having phenylalanine carboxy modifications at the c-terminus
EP2722051B1 (en) 2005-07-07 2018-11-07 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Monomethylvaline compounds having phenylalanine side-chain modifications at the C-terminus
EP4026840A1 (en) 2005-07-18 2022-07-13 Seagen Inc. Beta-glucuronide-linker drug conjugates
CA2615122A1 (en) 2005-08-03 2007-02-15 Immunogen, Inc. Immunoconjugate formulations
US8158590B2 (en) 2005-08-05 2012-04-17 Syntarga B.V. Triazole-containing releasable linkers, conjugates thereof, and methods of preparation
CA2615761A1 (en) 2005-08-22 2007-03-01 Immunogen, Inc. Humanized anti-ca6 antibodies and methods of using the same
ES2533992T3 (en) 2005-08-24 2015-04-16 Immunogen, Inc. Procedure for preparing conjugates of maitansinoid antibody
JP2009506790A (en) 2005-09-07 2009-02-19 メディミューン,エルエルシー EPH receptor antibody conjugated to toxin
WO2007062138A2 (en) 2005-11-23 2007-05-31 Applera Corporation Methods and compositions for treating diseases targeting human prominin-1(cd133)
RU2489423C2 (en) 2006-02-02 2013-08-10 Синтарга Б.В. Water-soluble analogues cc-1065 and their conjugates
US7750116B1 (en) 2006-02-18 2010-07-06 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Antibody drug conjugate metabolites
WO2007103288A2 (en) 2006-03-02 2007-09-13 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Engineered antibody drug conjugates
EP1832577A1 (en) 2006-03-07 2007-09-12 Sanofi-Aventis Improved prodrugs of CC-1065 analogs
WO2007137170A2 (en) 2006-05-20 2007-11-29 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Anti-glypican-3 antibody drug conjugates
WO2007140371A2 (en) 2006-05-30 2007-12-06 Genentech, Inc. Antibodies and immunoconjugates and uses therefor
EP2061814B1 (en) 2006-10-27 2012-06-06 Genentech, Inc. Antibodies and immunoconjugates and uses therefor
PL2099823T5 (en) 2006-12-01 2023-02-20 Seagen Inc. Variant target binding agents and uses thereof
GB0625783D0 (en) 2006-12-22 2007-02-07 Univ Belfast Medicament
WO2008100805A2 (en) 2007-02-09 2008-08-21 Genentech, Inc. Anti-robo4 antibodies and uses therefor
EP2144628B1 (en) 2007-05-08 2012-10-17 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered anti-muc16 antibodies and antibody drug conjugates
PE20140614A1 (en) 2007-07-16 2014-05-28 Genentech Inc ANTI-CD79B ANTIBODIES AND IMMUNOCONJUGATES
CA2692819A1 (en) 2007-07-16 2009-01-22 Genentech, Inc. Humanized anti-cd79b antibodies and immunoconjugates and methods of use
EP2173739B1 (en) 2007-08-01 2013-07-31 Syntarga B.V. Substituted cc-1065 analogs and their conjugates
JP5496897B2 (en) 2007-10-04 2014-05-21 ザイモジェネティクス, インコーポレイテッド B7 family member zB7H6 and related compositions and methods
KR101641345B1 (en) 2007-10-12 2016-07-20 시애틀 지네틱스, 인크. Combination therapy with antibody-drug conjugates
EP2211904B1 (en) 2007-10-19 2016-08-17 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Cd19 binding agents and uses thereof
CA2710483C (en) 2007-12-26 2018-05-08 Biotest Ag Methods and agents for improving targeting of cd138 expressing tumor cells
DK2242772T3 (en) 2007-12-26 2015-01-05 Biotest Ag Immunoconjugates that targets CD138, and uses thereof
EP2238169A1 (en) 2007-12-26 2010-10-13 Biotest AG Method of decreasing cytotoxic side-effects and improving efficacy of immunoconjugates
SI2247620T1 (en) 2008-01-31 2016-09-30 Genentech, Inc. Anti-cd79b antibodies and immunoconjugates and methods of use
EP2842575B1 (en) 2008-03-18 2017-09-27 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Auristatin drug linker conjugates
KR20230003298A (en) 2008-04-30 2023-01-05 이뮤노젠 아이엔씨 Cross-linkers and their uses
EP2276506A4 (en) 2008-04-30 2014-05-07 Immunogen Inc Potent conjugates and hydrophilic linkers
WO2009134870A1 (en) 2008-04-30 2009-11-05 Immunogen, Inc. Potent cell-binding agent drug conjugates
EP2282773B1 (en) 2008-05-02 2014-01-15 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Methods and compositions for making antibodies and antibody derivatives with reduced core fucosylation
WO2010008726A1 (en) 2008-06-16 2010-01-21 Immunogen Inc. Novel synergistic effects
EP2300514B1 (en) 2008-07-14 2016-03-23 Biocon Limited A method of synthesizing a substantially monodispersed mixture of oligomers
JP2012510953A (en) 2008-08-27 2012-05-17 ザ トラスティーズ オブ コロンビア ユニバーシティー イン ザ シティー オブ ニューヨーク Compounds, compositions and methods for reducing toxicity and treating or preventing disease
WO2010027334A1 (en) 2008-09-03 2010-03-11 Nanyang Technological University Novel tricyclic chiral compounds and their use in asymmetric catalysis
MX2011004625A (en) 2008-11-03 2011-07-20 Syntarga Bv Novel cc-1065 analogs and their conjugates.
EP2376110B1 (en) 2009-01-09 2019-03-13 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Weekly dosing regimens for anti-cd30 vc-pab-mmae antibody drug-conjugates
WO2010096394A2 (en) 2009-02-17 2010-08-26 Redwood Biosciences, Inc. Aldehyde-tagged protein-based drug carriers and methods of use
EP2403524A4 (en) 2009-03-06 2012-09-26 Agensys Inc Antibody drug conjugates (adc) that bind to 24p4c12 proteins
WO2010126552A1 (en) 2009-04-30 2010-11-04 Immunogen, Inc. Potent cell-binding agent drug conjugates
KR101725170B1 (en) 2009-05-06 2017-04-10 바이오테스트 아게 Uses of immunoconjugates targeting cd138
KR102444399B1 (en) 2009-06-03 2022-09-16 이뮤노젠 아이엔씨 Methods for preparing a maytansinoid
EP2480230A4 (en) 2009-09-24 2015-06-10 Seattle Genetics Inc Dr5 ligand drug conjugates
CN102596922A (en) 2009-10-06 2012-07-18 免疫基因公司 Potent conjugates and hydrophilic linkers
BR112012009250A2 (en) 2009-10-21 2017-06-20 Immunogen Inc composition comprising anti-cd56-maytansinoid conjugate and use thereof
RU2012131663A (en) 2010-01-21 2014-02-27 Иммьюноджен, Инк. COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR TREATING OVARIAN CANCER
US9175086B2 (en) 2010-02-10 2015-11-03 Immunogen, Inc. CD20 antibodies and uses thereof
AU2011215900A1 (en) 2010-02-10 2012-07-26 Immunogen, Inc. CD20 antibodies and uses thereof
SG10201501342UA (en) 2010-02-24 2015-04-29 Immunogen Inc Folate receptor 1 antibodies and immunoconjugates and uses thereof
MX338932B (en) 2010-03-12 2016-05-06 Immunogen Inc Cd37-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof.
US9242013B2 (en) 2010-04-15 2016-01-26 Seattle Genetics Inc. Targeted pyrrolobenzodiazapine conjugates
PL2560645T3 (en) 2010-04-21 2017-01-31 Syntarga B.V. Conjugates of cc-1065 analogs and bifunctional linkers
WO2011162933A1 (en) 2010-06-04 2011-12-29 Immunogen, Inc. Anti-integrin immunoconjugate dosing regimens
WO2012019024A2 (en) 2010-08-04 2012-02-09 Immunogen, Inc. Her3-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
LT2621526T (en) 2010-09-29 2018-09-25 Agensys, Inc. Antibody drug conjugates (adc) that bind to 191p4d12 proteins
ES2730941T7 (en) 2010-10-22 2020-05-27 Seattle Genetics Inc Synergistic effects between auristatin-based antibody-drug conjugate conjugates and PI3K-AKT-mTOR pathway inhibitors
AU2011320318B9 (en) 2010-10-29 2015-11-19 Immunogen, Inc. Non-antagonistic EGFR-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof
BR112013010853A2 (en) 2010-11-03 2016-08-16 Immunogen Inc "cytotoxic agents comprising ansamitocin derivatives, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof"
WO2012078688A2 (en) 2010-12-06 2012-06-14 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Humanized antibodies to liv-1 and use of same to treat cancer
AU2012205301B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2017-01-05 Redwood Bioscience, Inc. Aldehyde-tagged immunoglobulin polypeptides and method of use thereof
RU2748733C2 (en) 2011-02-15 2021-05-31 Иммуноджен, Инк. Cytotoxic benzodiazepine derivatives
MY171008A (en) 2011-03-29 2019-09-23 Immunogen Inc Preparation of maytansinoid antibody conjugates by a one-step process
MX2013011385A (en) 2011-04-01 2014-03-13 Immunogen Inc Cd37-binding molecules and immunoconjugates thereof.
WO2012138537A1 (en) 2011-04-01 2012-10-11 Immunogen, Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of ovarian, peritoneal, and fallopian tube cancer
WO2012138749A1 (en) 2011-04-04 2012-10-11 Immunogen, Inc. Methods for decreasing ocular toxicity of antibody drug conjugates
US9156854B2 (en) 2011-04-18 2015-10-13 Immunogen, Inc. Maytansinoid derivatives with sulfoxide linker
US9255595B2 (en) 2011-04-29 2016-02-09 Bae Systems Information And Electronic Systems Integration Inc. Optical dome bezel
US9289512B2 (en) 2011-06-21 2016-03-22 Immunogen, Inc. Maytansinoid derivatives with peptide linker and conjugates thereof
JP6393617B2 (en) 2011-10-14 2018-09-19 シアトル ジェネティクス,インコーポレーテッド Pyrrolobenzodiazepine and target conjugates
EP2753178B1 (en) 2011-10-14 2017-12-06 Seattle Genetics, Inc. Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and targeted conjugates
WO2014059314A1 (en) 2012-10-12 2014-04-17 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Treating brain cancer using agelastatin a (aa) and analogues thereof
US9353150B2 (en) 2012-12-04 2016-05-31 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Substituted pyrazino[1′,2′:1 ,5]pyrrolo[2,3-b]-indole-1,4-diones for cancer treatment
US9434736B2 (en) 2013-09-19 2016-09-06 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Compounds, compositions and methods of agelastatin alkaloids
CN104447755B (en) 2014-11-07 2016-06-29 北京大学深圳研究生院 A kind of hexahydropyrrolo [2,3-b] indole-carboxylic acid ester compounds and synthetic method thereof
CN105198885B (en) 2015-10-12 2017-05-03 国家海洋局第一海洋研究所 Compound communesin I with anti-arrhythmias activity, and preparation method and application thereof
WO2017197045A1 (en) 2016-05-11 2017-11-16 Movassaghi Mohammad Convergent and enantioselective total synthesis of communesin analogs
WO2017205539A1 (en) 2016-05-24 2017-11-30 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Diazene directed modular synthesis of compounds with quaternary carbon centers
US10640508B2 (en) 2017-10-13 2020-05-05 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Diazene directed modular synthesis of compounds with quaternary carbon centers
WO2020247054A1 (en) 2019-06-05 2020-12-10 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Compounds, conjugates, and compositions of epipolythiodiketopiperazines and polythiodiketopiperazines and uses thereof
US20210329919A9 (en) 2019-07-01 2021-10-28 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Synthesis and anti-cancer activity of communesin alkaloids

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Antropow et al., "Synthesis and Evaluation of Agelastatin Derivatives as Potent Modulators for Cancer Invasion and Metastasis", July 2017, The Journal of Organic Chemistry, 82(15), pp. 7720-7731. (DOI: 10.1021/acs.joc.7b01162) (Year: 2017) *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20200062771A1 (en) 2020-02-27
WO2018209239A1 (en) 2018-11-15
US11932650B2 (en) 2024-03-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7089061B2 (en) 2-Amino-pyridine or 2-amino-pyrimidine derivative as a cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor
US10501474B2 (en) HPK1 inhibitors and methods of using same
RU2537945C2 (en) Triazine, pyrimidine and pyridine analogues and use thereof as therapeutic agents and diagnostic samples
US11459330B2 (en) Substituted bicyclic heterocyclic compounds as PRMT5 inhibitors
US10196405B2 (en) Ataxia telengiectasia and Rad3-related (ATR) protein kinase inhibitors
CN102906090B (en) 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-phenyl-2h-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[2-fluoro-4-(1-methyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1h-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-7-yloxy)-phenyl]-urea and related compounds and their use in therapy
US11932650B2 (en) Potent agelastatin derivatives as modulators for cancer invasion and metastasis
US9604976B2 (en) Antibacterial compounds
CN109415361B (en) Acrylic acid derivative, preparation method thereof and application thereof in medicine
EA032416B1 (en) Triazolopyrimidine compounds and uses thereof
US20130281396A1 (en) Treatment of diseases by epigenetic regulation
EP3868761A1 (en) Imidazolonylchinolines and their use as atm kinase inhibitors
ES2910071T3 (en) Aminopyrazine diol compounds as PI3K-Y inhibitors
JP2022510501A (en) Compounds, pharmaceutical compositions, and methods of preparing compounds and their use as ATR kinase inhibitors.
RU2612251C2 (en) Dioxino- and oxazin-[2,3-d]pyrimidine compounds as phosphoinositide 3-kinase inhibitors and methods for use thereof
JP2019505541A (en) Carboxamide derivatives useful as RSK inhibitors
RU2758669C2 (en) Method for treating cancer using combination of dna-damaging agents and dna-pk inhibitors
EA019534B1 (en) 3-(3-PYRIMIDIN-2-YLBENZYL)-1,2,4-TRIAZOLO[4,3-b]PYRIDAZINE DERIVATIVES AS Met KINASE INHIBITORS
TW202126651A (en) Pyridone compounds and methods of use
EP3052504B1 (en) Conformationally restricted pi3k and mtor inhibitors
US20230242526A1 (en) Deuterated Pyridopyrimidinones And Their Use As Highly Selective Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 2 Inhibitors
US8546400B2 (en) 1,3-Oxazole-4-carboxamides, 1,3-Thiazole-4-carboxamides, and 1,3-Imidazole-d-carboxamides as Inhibitors of cyclin Dependent kinases
WO2023249563A1 (en) Compounds and method for pkmyt1 inhibition
WO2020232401A1 (en) Combination therapies with ire1 small molecule inhibitors
WO2012149308A1 (en) Method of treating lymphoma using pyridopyrimidinone inhibitors of pi3k/mtor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO UNDISCOUNTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: BIG.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: ENTITY STATUS SET TO SMALL (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: SMAL); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

AS Assignment

Owner name: TUFTS MEDICAL CENTER, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BUCHSBAUM, RACHEL J.;XU, KUN;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190820 TO 20190906;REEL/FRAME:051726/0474

Owner name: MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MOVASSAGHI, MOHAMMAD;ANTROPOW, ALYSSA H.;SIGNING DATES FROM 20190821 TO 20190906;REEL/FRAME:051726/0422

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: APPLICATION DISPATCHED FROM PREEXAM, NOT YET DOCKETED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: PETITION RELATED TO MAINTENANCE FEES GRANTED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: PTGR); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: SMALL ENTITY

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

AS Assignment

Owner name: NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH (NIH), U.S. DEPT. OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES (DHHS), U.S. GOVERNMENT, MARYLAND

Free format text: CONFIRMATORY LICENSE;ASSIGNOR:MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY;REEL/FRAME:061048/0433

Effective date: 20200108

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NOTICE OF ALLOWANCE MAILED -- APPLICATION RECEIVED IN OFFICE OF PUBLICATIONS

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: AWAITING TC RESP, ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: AWAITING TC RESP, ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: PUBLICATIONS -- ISSUE FEE PAYMENT VERIFIED

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE